WO2023114785A2 - Organes et organoïdes lymphoïdes biomodifiés tridimensionnels pour thérapies à base de cellules - Google Patents

Organes et organoïdes lymphoïdes biomodifiés tridimensionnels pour thérapies à base de cellules Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023114785A2
WO2023114785A2 PCT/US2022/081472 US2022081472W WO2023114785A2 WO 2023114785 A2 WO2023114785 A2 WO 2023114785A2 US 2022081472 W US2022081472 W US 2022081472W WO 2023114785 A2 WO2023114785 A2 WO 2023114785A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
cell
cells
laser
molecules
energy
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2022/081472
Other languages
English (en)
Other versions
WO2023114785A3 (fr
Inventor
Erin STEPHENS
Melanie P. MATHEU
Emma MOULTON
Alyssa DEELY
Samyukat BHAT
Jonathan DORNELL
Brian Hachtmann
Ishan KHAN
Bhushan MAHADIK
Courtney GEGG
Original Assignee
Prellis Biologics, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Prellis Biologics, Inc. filed Critical Prellis Biologics, Inc.
Publication of WO2023114785A2 publication Critical patent/WO2023114785A2/fr
Publication of WO2023114785A3 publication Critical patent/WO2023114785A3/fr

Links

Classifications

    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B33—ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY
    • B33Y—ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING, i.e. MANUFACTURING OF THREE-DIMENSIONAL [3-D] OBJECTS BY ADDITIVE DEPOSITION, ADDITIVE AGGLOMERATION OR ADDITIVE LAYERING, e.g. BY 3-D PRINTING, STEREOLITHOGRAPHY OR SELECTIVE LASER SINTERING
    • B33Y80/00—Products made by additive manufacturing
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C64/00—Additive manufacturing, i.e. manufacturing of three-dimensional [3D] objects by additive deposition, additive agglomeration or additive layering, e.g. by 3D printing, stereolithography or selective laser sintering
    • B29C64/10—Processes of additive manufacturing
    • B29C64/106—Processes of additive manufacturing using only liquids or viscous materials, e.g. depositing a continuous bead of viscous material
    • B29C64/124—Processes of additive manufacturing using only liquids or viscous materials, e.g. depositing a continuous bead of viscous material using layers of liquid which are selectively solidified
    • B29C64/129—Processes of additive manufacturing using only liquids or viscous materials, e.g. depositing a continuous bead of viscous material using layers of liquid which are selectively solidified characterised by the energy source therefor, e.g. by global irradiation combined with a mask
    • B29C64/135—Processes of additive manufacturing using only liquids or viscous materials, e.g. depositing a continuous bead of viscous material using layers of liquid which are selectively solidified characterised by the energy source therefor, e.g. by global irradiation combined with a mask the energy source being concentrated, e.g. scanning lasers or focused light sources
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C64/00—Additive manufacturing, i.e. manufacturing of three-dimensional [3D] objects by additive deposition, additive agglomeration or additive layering, e.g. by 3D printing, stereolithography or selective laser sintering
    • B29C64/20—Apparatus for additive manufacturing; Details thereof or accessories therefor
    • B29C64/264—Arrangements for irradiation
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B33—ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY
    • B33Y—ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING, i.e. MANUFACTURING OF THREE-DIMENSIONAL [3-D] OBJECTS BY ADDITIVE DEPOSITION, ADDITIVE AGGLOMERATION OR ADDITIVE LAYERING, e.g. BY 3-D PRINTING, STEREOLITHOGRAPHY OR SELECTIVE LASER SINTERING
    • B33Y10/00—Processes of additive manufacturing
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B33—ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY
    • B33Y—ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING, i.e. MANUFACTURING OF THREE-DIMENSIONAL [3-D] OBJECTS BY ADDITIVE DEPOSITION, ADDITIVE AGGLOMERATION OR ADDITIVE LAYERING, e.g. BY 3-D PRINTING, STEREOLITHOGRAPHY OR SELECTIVE LASER SINTERING
    • B33Y30/00—Apparatus for additive manufacturing; Details thereof or accessories therefor
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B33—ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY
    • B33Y—ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING, i.e. MANUFACTURING OF THREE-DIMENSIONAL [3-D] OBJECTS BY ADDITIVE DEPOSITION, ADDITIVE AGGLOMERATION OR ADDITIVE LAYERING, e.g. BY 3-D PRINTING, STEREOLITHOGRAPHY OR SELECTIVE LASER SINTERING
    • B33Y70/00—Materials specially adapted for additive manufacturing
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K35/00—Medicinal preparations containing materials or reaction products thereof with undetermined constitution
    • A61K35/12—Materials from mammals; Compositions comprising non-specified tissues or cells; Compositions comprising non-embryonic stem cells; Genetically modified cells

Definitions

  • Cell therapies may refer to immune cell-based therapies totipotent, pluripotent stem cell therapies tissue specific cell therapies such as insulin producing cells, albumin producing cells, cartilage producing cells (chondrodites), bone producing cells, stromal cells of a variety of tissues that support maintenance of cellular niches.
  • the present disclosure provides the formation of competent immune systems with associated tissue or tissues such that lymphocyte activity in the lymph node tissue and lymphocyte activity post migration into the tissue of interest and effects within that tissue may be analyzed. Further, for cell-based therapies, growth of numerous cell types in three dimensional tissues provides environmental signaling that allows for cell differentiation and or maintenance of gene expression enabling therapeutic use.
  • the present disclosure provides a method, comprising: (a) generating a three-dimensional (3D) projection corresponding to an 3D object in a medium comprising one or more precursors of a polymer, to form a polymer matrix corresponding to the 3D object, wherein the polymer matrix at least partially encapsulates biological material; wherein the biological material comprises one or more cells; and (b) culturing the biological material in the 3D object to produce a plurality of cells capable of treating a disease or a disorder.
  • the stimulating comprises contacting the biological material with an antigen.
  • the culturing comprising stimulating the biological material.
  • the method further comprises administering the plurality of cells to a subject.
  • the antigen comprises a virus or cell.
  • the virus comprises a whole live virus or a whole inactivated virus.
  • the cell comprises a live cell, dead cell, or cell lysate.
  • the antigen is derived from a clinical sample.
  • the clinical sample is a tumor biopsy, peripheral blood, peripheral blood mononuclear cells, blood plasma, serum, nasal swab, oropharyngeal swab, sputum sample, cerebrospinal fluid, biopsy of an infected tissue, lung biopsy, liver biopsy, spleen biopsy, or lymph node biopsy.
  • the antigen comprises a tumor cell, or derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, the antigen comprises a novel infectious agent or derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, the antigen is derived from a patient’s fluid or cells. In some embodiments, the antigen comprises a component of a vaccine formulation. In some embodiments, the antigen comprises a therapeutic molecule.
  • the 3D object corresponds to an organ or organoid selected from the group consisting of: a three-dimensional organ or organoid, a lymph node, an islet of Langerhans, a hair follicle, a tumor or a tumor spheroid, a neural bundle and support cell(s), a nephron, a liver organoid, an intestinal crypt, a primary lymphoid organ, a secondary lymphoid organ, a spleen, a liver, a pancreas, a gallbladder, an appendix, a small intestine, a large intestine, a heart, a lung, a bladder, a kidney, a bone, a cochlea, an ovary, a thymus, a trachea, a cornea, a heart valve, skin, a ligament, a tendon, a muscle, a thyroid gland, a nerve, and a blood vessel.
  • the medium in (a) comprises the one or more cells.
  • the method furthering comprises, subsequent to forming the polymer matrix, adding the one or more cells to the polymer matrix.
  • the method further comprises subjecting the 3D object to conditions to allow induction of a cellular response.
  • the subjecting comprises subjecting the 3D object to one or more cell stimulatory molecules.
  • the cellular response comprises cell activation, cell expansion, cell differentiation, or a change in cell phenotype.
  • the cellular response comprises an expression of an immunological protein.
  • the induction comprises selective induction of a plurality of particular immune cells.
  • At least one cell of the plurality of cells is selected from the group consisting of a stromal endothelial cell, an endothelial cell, a follicular reticular cell or precursors thereof, a na ⁇ ve B cell or other immature B cells, a memory B cell, a plasma B cell, a helper T cell and subsets of the same, an effector T cell and subsets of the same, a CD+8 T cell, a CD4+ T cell, a regulatory T cell, a natural killer T cell, a na ⁇ ve T cell or other immature T cells, a dendritic cell and subsets of the same, a follicular dendritic cell, a Langerhans dendritic cell, a dermally-derived dendritic cell, a dendritic cell precursor, a monocyte-derived dendritic cell, a monocyte and subsets of the same, a macrophage and subsets of
  • At least one cell of a plurality of cells is a T-cell.
  • the T-cell is a cytotoxic T-cell, a helper T-cell, or a regulatory T-cell.
  • the T-cell is a na ⁇ ve T-cell.
  • the T-cell is a CD8+ or CD4+ T cell.
  • the T-cell is a chimeric antigen receptor (CAR) T-cell.
  • the T-cell expresses an immunoglobulin protein.
  • the T-cell secretes an immunoglobulin protein.
  • the T-cell is conjugated to an immunoglobulin protein.
  • the at least one cell of a plurality of cells is a B-cell.
  • the B-cell is a memory B-cell, a pre-plasma B-cell, or a plasma B-cell
  • the B-cell is a na ⁇ ve B-cell.
  • the B-cell expresses an immunoglobulin protein.
  • the B-cell secretes an immunoglobulin protein.
  • the B-cell is conjugated to an immunoglobulin protein.
  • the immunoglobin protein is specific to an antigen.
  • the immunoglobin protein comprises a non-specific binding domain.
  • the one or more cells comprise a cell with an inducible expression of an immunoglobulin protein. In some embodiments, the one or more cells comprise a cell with a constitutive expression of an immunoglobulin protein. In some embodiments, the one or more cells comprise a cell with a suppressible expression of an immunoglobulin protein. [0010]In some embodiments, the one or more cells comprise lymph node cells, bone marrow cells, granulocytes, microglia, or astroglia. In some embodiments, the one or more cell stimulatory molecules are capable of inducing a phenotype for a cell of the plurality of cells. In some embodiments, the phenotype for the cell comprises an activated B-cell phenotype.
  • the activated B-cell phenotype is a IgA class or IgE class phenotype.
  • the phenotype comprises an expression of an immunoglobulin protein.
  • the one or more cell stimulatory molecules comprises a cytokine.
  • the one or more cell stimulatory molecules comprises a mixture of different cytokines.
  • at least one cell stimulatory molecule of the one or more cell stimulatory molecules is soluble.
  • at least one cell stimulatory molecule of the one or more cell stimulatory molecules is bound to a surface.
  • the one or more cell stimulatory molecules comprise a chemokine.
  • the 3D object further comprises additional biological or chemical molecules.
  • the additional biological or chemical molecules comprise a cytokine, a chemokine, a plurality of cell adhesion molecules, or a plurality of cytotoxic effector molecules.
  • the plurality of cytotoxic effector molecules comprises chemotherapeutics or biological cytotoxic molecules.
  • the plurality of biological cytotoxic molecules comprises a granzyme, a perforin or complement protein.
  • the additional biological or chemical molecules are not naturally occurring in the one or more cells.
  • the additional biological or chemical molecules are engineered, non-natural, or form a non-natural complex.
  • the additional biological or chemical molecules are generated from enhanced expression of the additional biological or chemical molecules in the one or more cells. In some embodiments, the additional biological or chemical molecules are expressed or secreted. In some embodiments, the additional biological or chemical molecules are generated by inducible expression or secretion of the additional biological or chemical molecules in the one or more cells. In some embodiments, the additional biological or chemical molecules are generated by constitutive expression or secretion of the additional biological or chemical molecules in the one or more cells. In some embodiments, the additional biological or chemical molecules are generated by suppressible expression or secretion of the additional biological or chemical molecules in the one or more cells. In some embodiments, the additional biological or chemical molecules are conjugated to the one or more cells.
  • the additional biological or chemical molecules are non- releasably conjugated to the one or more cells. In some embodiments, the additional biological or chemical molecules are releasably conjugated to the one or more cells. In some embodiments, the method further comprises releasing the additional biological or chemical molecules from the one or more cells. In some embodiments, the plurality of cells is administered to a subject, and the releasing is performed via molecules within an environment within the subject. In some embodiments, the environment comprises tumor cells. In some embodiments, the releasing is performed via exogenously applied molecules. In some embodiments, the exogenously applied molecules comprise a therapeutic molecule. In some embodiments, the therapeutic comprises a small molecule drug or a biologic.
  • the plurality of cells comprises different types of cells.
  • the plurality of cells is subjected to a genetic manipulation.
  • the genetically manipulation comprises the use of CRISPR.
  • the genetic manipulation is performed prior to, during, and, or after polymerization of the polymer matrix.
  • the 3D object comprises feeder cells or tissues.
  • the one or more cells is derived from a subject.
  • the subject is a healthy subject
  • the subject is a subject having a condition or a disease.
  • the subject has an organ transplant or is in need of an organ transplant.
  • the subject is immunocompromised or immunosuppressed.
  • the present disclosure provides a method comprising (a) generating a three-dimensional (3D) object in a media comprising one or more precursors of a polymer, to form a polymer matrix corresponding to the 3D object, wherein the polymer matrix encapsulates a plurality of immune cells derived from a non-human eukaryote.
  • the media comprise the plurality of immune cells derived from a non-human eukaryote.
  • the method furthering comprises, subsequent to forming the polymer matrix, adding the plurality of immune cells derived from a non-human eukaryote to the polymer matrix.
  • the method further comprises inducing a cellular response.
  • the cellular response comprises the generation of metabolites or biologically active molecules.
  • the metabolites or biologically active molecules comprise squalamine, or derivatives thereof.
  • the method further comprises administrating the metabolites or biologically active molecules. or derivatives to a subject.
  • the cellular response comprises an expression of proteins.
  • the method further comprises administering the proteins derived from a cell of the plurality of immune cells derived from a non-human eukaryote, or derivatives to a subject.
  • the proteins comprise immunoglobulin domains.
  • the proteins comprise antibodies or fragments thereof. In some embodiments, the proteins comprise a nanobody or a single chain antibody (scFv). In some embodiments, the non-human eukaryote comprises a camel. In some embodiments, the non-human eukaryote comprises a shark. In some embodiments, the non-human eukaryote comprises a tunicate. [0017]In some embodiments, the immune cells are undifferentiated. In some embodiments, the cellular response comprises a cellular differentiation thereby generating a differentiated cell. In some embodiments, the method further comprises harvesting the differentiated cell.
  • the method further comprises harvesting a plurality of immune cells derived from a non-human eukaryote, or derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, the method further comprises administering a cell of the plurality of immune cells derived from a non-human eukaryote, or derivatives to a subject.
  • the subject is a healthy subject. In some embodiments, the subject is a subject having a condition or a disease. In some embodiments, the subject has an organ transplant or is in need of an organ transplant. In some embodiments, the subject is immunocompromised or immunosuppressed.
  • one cell of the plurality of immune cells is selected from the group consisting of a stromal endothelial cell, an endothelial cell, a follicular reticular cell or precursors thereof, a na ⁇ ve B cell or other immature B cells, a memory B cell, a plasma B cell, a helper T cell and subsets of the same, an effector T cell and subsets of the same, a CD+8 T cell, a CD4+ T cell, a regulatory T cell, a natural killer T cell, a na ⁇ ve T cell or other immature T cells, a dendritic cell and subsets of the same, a follicular dendritic cell, a Langerhans dendritic cell, a dermally-derived dendritic cell, a dendritic cell precursor, a monocyte-derived dendritic cell, a monocyte and subsets of the same, a macrophage and sub
  • At least one cell of the plurality of immune cells comprises a natural killer cell.
  • the inducing comprises subjecting the 3D object to one or more cell stimulatory molecules.
  • the one or more cell stimulatory molecules comprises a cytokine.
  • the one or more cell stimulatory molecules comprises a mixture of different cytokines.
  • at least one cell stimulatory molecule of the one or more cell stimulatory molecules is soluble.
  • at least one cell stimulatory molecule of the one or more cell stimulatory molecules is bound to a surface.
  • the one or more cell stimulatory molecules comprises a chemokine.
  • the present disclosure provides a system comprising: at least one media chamber comprising: (i) a media solution; (ii) a 3D object generated by a three-dimensional (3D) projection corresponding to the 3D object in a medium comprising one or more precursors of a polymer, to form a polymer matrix corresponding to the 3D object; and (iii) one or more cells, wherein the one or more cells are encapsulated by the 3D object or adhered to the 3D object.
  • the media solution comprises one or more cell stimulatory molecules.
  • the with one or more cell stimulatory molecules are able to induce a cellular response the one or more cells.
  • the cellular response comprises cell activation, cell expansion, cell differentiation, or a change in cell phenotype.
  • the one or more cell stimulatory molecules comprises a cytokine.
  • the one or more cell stimulatory molecules comprises a mixture of different cytokines.
  • the at least one cell stimulatory molecule of the one or more cell stimulatory molecules is soluble.
  • the at least one cell stimulatory molecule of the one or more cell stimulatory molecules is bound to a surface.
  • the surface comprises a surface of the polymer matrix.
  • the at least one cell stimulatory molecule of the one or more cell stimulatory molecules are embedded in the polymer matrix.
  • the media solution comprises nutrients.
  • the at least one media chamber is configured to allow the media solution to flow at a media flow parameter.
  • the media flow parameter comprises a direction of media flow.
  • the one or more cells are aligned in the direction of media flow.
  • the least one media chamber comprises an oxygenation state.
  • the oxygenation state comprises an oxygen content sufficient to trigger hypoxia in the one or more cells.
  • the oxygenation state comprises an oxygen content sufficient to limit hypoxia in the one or more cells.
  • at least one media chamber is configured to subject the one or more cells to a mechanical stress.
  • the least one media chamber is configured to subject the polymer matrix to a mechanical stress.
  • the mechanical stress comprises a repetitive or cyclic introduction of stress.
  • the at least one media chamber comprises an electric field or pulse
  • the at least one media chamber is configured to subject the one or more cells to an electric field or pulse.
  • the at least one media chamber comprises a capillary tube.
  • the capillary tube comprises the 3D object.
  • the one or more cells comprises only one type of cell.
  • the one or more cells are arranged in a specific organization.
  • the one or more cells comprise adherent or semi-adherent cells.
  • the at least one media chamber is configured to allow proliferation of the one or more cells. In some embodiments, the at least one media chamber is configured to allow purification of the one or more cells. In some embodiments, the at least one media chamber is configured to allow harvest of the one or more cells.
  • FIG.1 illustrates an embodiment of a system for rapid multi-photon printing of a desired tissue is illustrated.
  • FIGs.2A-2D illustrate example stages of the generation of a desired tissue within the media chamber.
  • FIG.2A illustrates the media chamber containing media comprising a first cell group.
  • FIG.2B illustrates the media chamber containing media comprising a second cell group.
  • FIG.2C illustrates delivery of pulses of the multi-photon laser beam to the media.
  • FIG.2D illustrates an embodiment wherein the cell-containing scaffolding is printed along the bottom of the media chamber containing media.
  • FIGs.3A-3C illustrate various embodiments of a laser system.
  • FIG.3A illustrates an embodiment of a laser system having a single multi-photon laser source.
  • FIG. 3B illustrates an embodiment of a laser system having multiple laser lines.
  • FIG.3C illustrates an embodiment of a laser system comprising multiple laser lines, photomultipliers (PMTs), and an objective lens.
  • FIGs.4A-4C illustrate various embodiments of the printing system.
  • FIG.4A illustrates an embodiment of the printing system comprising a beam expander, an optical focusing lens, an additional laser focusing lens, and no axicon or TAG lens.
  • FIG.4B illustrates an embodiment of the printing system comprising a beam expander, an optical focusing lens, an additional laser focusing lens, and an axicon or TAG lens.
  • FIG.4C illustrates a Z-step projection printing setup comprising a single SLM or DMD for 2D, x, y sheet or hologram projection for printing around cells and resultant structures printed with given Z-steps.
  • FIGs.5A-5B illustrate various embodiments of the multi-photon tissue print head.
  • FIG. 5A illustrates an embodiment of the multi-photon tissue print head comprising a single, upright objective lens.
  • FIG.5B illustrates an embodiment of the multi-photon tissue print head having inverted optics for imaging structures.
  • FIGs.6A-6B illustrate embodiments of a removable and attachable fiber optic cable accessory.
  • FIG.6A illustrates the fiber optic cable accessory and fiber optic cable.
  • FIG.6B illustrates the fiber optic cable accessory being used to print the desired complex tissue structure.
  • FIG.7 illustrates an embodiment wherein the print-head optics includes at least three objectives, wherein each objective includes a fiber optic cable accessory directed into a single media chamber.
  • FIG.8 illustrates an embodiment wherein the print-head optics includes at least six objectives, wherein each objective includes a fiber optic cable accessory directed into a separate media chamber such as a separate well of a multi-well plate.
  • FIG.9 illustrates embodiments of print-head optics having an array of objectives acting as print heads.
  • FIG.10 illustrates objectives programmed to move over the multi-well plate in X and Y directions to deliver the laser beam projections into each well.
  • FIG.11 shows a computer control system that is programmed or otherwise configured to implement methods provided herein.
  • FIG.12 illustrates the optical components and optical path of an embodiment of the printing system without temporal focusing.
  • FIG.13 illustrates the optical components and optical path of an additional embodiment of the printing system with temporal focusing.
  • FIG.14 illustrates the optical components and optical path of yet another embodiment of the printing system without temporal focusing.
  • FIG.15 illustrates a light detection system.
  • FIG.16 illustrates the compartmentalization and organization of several types of lymphocytes in a lymph node, additionally depicted in a cross-section with major structures and cell types labeled.
  • FIG.17 illustrates a B-cell germinal center comprising a dark zone where B cells proliferate and a light zone where B cells interact with antigen presenting cells and accessory cells.
  • FIGs.18A-18B illustrate a B cell germinal center and a thymic-like development niche.
  • FIG.18A illustrates a B cell germinal center responding to antigen where B cells move between compartmentalized zones known as dark and light zones as part of the maturation and selection process for development of high-affinity antibodies.
  • FIG.18B illustrates a thymic- like development niche in which T cells undergo selection and maturation in a series of sequential steps as they move from the cortex-like thymic tissue to the medullary-like thymic tissue.
  • FIG.19 illustrates various structural examples of lymph node organoids, designed for the purpose of promoting cellular niche formation and relevant cell-cell interactions that occur during an immune response.
  • FIG.20 illustrates lymph node organoids or lymphocyte-containing organs that may be extruded/printed in an asymmetrical teardrop-like shape.
  • FIGG.21 illustrates a sequential process of depositing layers of biogels containing lymphocytes for the purpose of building a lymph node organoid.
  • FIG.22 shows enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) results of a Zika antibody generation study in a extruded/printed lymph organoid.
  • ELISA enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay
  • FIG.23 shows a microscopy image of a three-dimensional extruded/printed lymph node organoid produced by the methods disclosed herein.
  • the T cell zone indicates the area of the tissue comprising T cells and a mixture of supporting accessory cells.
  • the B cell zone indicates the area of the tissue comprising B cells and a mixture of supporting accessory cells.
  • FIG.24 illustrates examples of staples, sutures, stents and clips that contain cells for both dissolution and incorporation into tissue or promotion of tissue healing.
  • FIG.25 illustrates examples of 3D extruded/printed bone-resorbable screws, pins, and grafts that may comprise cells.
  • FIG.26 illustrates examples of functional tissue implants that serve a functional augmentation by means of interaction with the cells and cellular systems closest to the implanted cell sites.
  • FIG.27 illustrates cells printed onto a lattice structure.
  • FIGs.28A-28E show clusters of human pluripotent stem cell-derived insulin-producing cells encapsulated by holographic printing.
  • FIG.28A shows images of clusters of encapsulated cells expressing enhanced green fluorescence protein (eGFP).
  • FIG.28B shows a graph corresponding to the amount of human C-peptide produced by the encapsulated cells.
  • FIG.28C shows a first image of the encapsulated cells expressing eGFP, five days post-encapsulation.
  • eGFP enhanced green fluorescence protein
  • FIG.28D shows a second image of the encapsulated cells expressing eGFP, five days post- encapsulation.
  • FIG.28E shows an image of the encapsulating structure.
  • FIGs.29A-29C show a biocompatible micro-stent structure generated by holographic printing.
  • FIG.29A shows a representative, computer-generated rendering of the micro-stent.
  • FIG.29B shows an image of a side view of the printed micro-stent.
  • FIG.29C shows an image of a cross-sectional view of the printed micro-stent.
  • FIGs.30A-30B show images of compressibility and resiliency testing of the holographically printed micro-stent.
  • FIG.30A shows a series of images demonstrating repeated compression of the micro-stent against a solid surface.
  • FIG.30B shows a series of images demonstrating the resiliency of the micro-stent.
  • FIGs.31A-31E show a three-dimensional, holographically printed micromesh network.
  • FIG.31A shows a computer-generated image of the micromesh network.
  • FIG.31B shows an image of the micromesh network.
  • FIG.31C shows a close up image of the micromesh network.
  • FIG.31D shows a series of images of the micromesh network subjected to lateral compression.
  • FIG.31E shows a series of images of the micromesh network during handling with tweezers.
  • FIG.32A-32H show images of printed lymph node organoids (LNO) and characterization of their function.
  • FIG.32A shows an image of a printed collagen matrix containing B cells, T cells, and antigen presenting cells (APCs).
  • FIG.32B shows an image representing a mixed cell population of B cells, T cells, and APCs in the printed collagen matrix.
  • FIG.32C shows an image of the population of B cells, T cells, and APCs in a tissue culture well, not in the printed collagen matrix.
  • FIG.32D shows an image of LNO and clusters of cells 24 hours after the addition of antigen.
  • FIG.32E shows an image of the printed lymph node organoids and cells clusters 72 hours after addition of the antigen pulse.
  • FIG.32F shows an image of the printed LNO and cells clusters 120 hours after addition of the antigen.
  • FIG.32G shows a graph representing the production of interleukin-4 (IL-4) by the LNO.
  • FIG.32H shows a graph representing the production of IL-2 by LNO.
  • FIG.33A-33C show human immunoglobulin (IgG) purified from printed LNO.
  • FIG. 33A shows a graph representing the concentration of protein in LNO samples.
  • FIG.33B shows an image of an SDS-PAGE gel containing purified human IgG isolated from the printed LNO media.
  • FIG.33C shows an image of an SDS-PAGE gel containing unpurified human IgG isolated from the printed LNO media.
  • FIGs.34A-34B show printed LNO culture media aliquots tested for reactivity of human IgG with the antigen used in an antigen challenge.
  • FIG.34A shows a graph representing the absorbance at 450 nanometers (nm) and 570 nm of the samples tested using an ELISA.
  • FIG. 34B shows two graphs representing sub-cloned unique hybridomas that were further assayed for the presence of specific antigen-reactive human IgG.
  • FIG.35 is a flowchart of an embodiment of methods and systems for developing and transfusing immunized cells back to a subject.
  • FIG.36 shows a schematic of example scaffolding or matrices in an organoid.
  • FIG.37 shows a schematic of example scaffolding for different niches.
  • FIG.38 shows schematics for example lymph node organoids relating to contact between two adjacent zones of cells.
  • FIG.39 shows schematics of different example arrangements of zones of cells.
  • FIG.40 shows schematics of different example arrangements of zones of cells including tumor cells.
  • FIG.41A-41B shows schematics of different example of media distribution between organoids.
  • FIG.42 shows an example organoid comprising scaffolding. DETAILED DESCRIPTION
  • lymphoid organoids and other engineered tissues may provide a mechanism that allows for a complete immune response to an antigen, supporting the selection and identification process of a natural immune response.
  • cells and cellular responses may be used to determine the antigen of interest that the immune system recognizes in a novel infection, cancer cell, or any variety of immune system simulations.
  • the currently disclosed platform comprises a 3D bio-printed/extruded organoid that recreates a three-dimensional cell signaling environment in a micro-scaffold tissue-like structure.
  • the 3D bio-printed/extruded organoid may allow for the addition of accessor cells and support in 3D enabling cell expansion in a native tissue-like environment.
  • the disclosed platform comprising 3D bio-printed/extruded organoid may allow for screening of therapeutics and vaccines to ascertain immune system response patterns.
  • the re-creation of the human immune system in vitro allows for high through-put multi-parameter screening of vaccines and therapeutics for immunogenic or immunosuppressive properties that recapitulates a native human immune response.
  • Advantages of utilizing human lymph node organoids include screening of multiple formulations of a vaccine or therapeutic within the same donor cell population, screening of multiple donors from highly varied or similar genetic backgrounds, and testing in human lymph node organoids from donors with representative diseases or specific therapeutic regimens.
  • the platform may be useful for predicting off-target immune responses to therapeutics which include unexpected immunogenicity as well as predictive outcomes of immunomodulatory therapeutics based on cellular phenotyping.
  • a comprehensive in vitro platform for testing human immune responses allows for better predictive development of therapeutics and vaccines prior to human and animal testing.
  • the present disclosure provides a platform comprising 3D bio- printed/extruded organoid that may allow for the generation of cells with therapeutic qualities.
  • the 3D bio-printed organoid may be subjected to antigens or other epitope comprising maters and the response and resulting molecules may be characterized and/or used a therapeutic.
  • Generation of cells of the organoid and accompanying molecule may allow for rapid discovery of cell based therapeutics or cell-derived therapeutics for a variety of uses such as treating for cancers, novel infectious agents, or patient specific immune deficiencies.
  • Exposing organoids to antigens may allow generation of therapeutics based on specific antigens and may allow for tailored therapeutics based on the particular antigens or cell types or cell origins.
  • the present disclosure provides a method comprising (a) generating a three-dimensional (3D) object in a media comprising one or more precursors of a polymer, to form a polymer matrix corresponding to the 3D object, wherein the polymer matrix encapsulates a plurality of immune cells derived from a non-human eukaryote.
  • Non-human eukaryotes may comprise molecules that are non-native to humans or may comprise molecules that are more abundant in non-human eukaryotes than in human cells. These non- native molecules may have a therapeutic benefit when administered to humans.
  • the non-human eukaryotic cells may be able to generate immunoglobulin proteins with different structures from those found in human cells.
  • the present disclosure provides a bioreactor for growing cells.
  • the bioreactor may comprise at least one media chamber comprising: (i) a media solution; (ii) a 3D object generated by a three-dimensional (3D) projection corresponding to the 3D object in a medium comprising one or more precursors of a polymer, to form a polymer matrix corresponding to the 3D object; and (iii) one or more cells, wherein the one or more cells are encapsulated by the 3D object or adhered to the 3D object.
  • the bioreactor may allow for cells to be generated that would otherwise be difficult to generate in a generic cell culture.
  • the bioreactors may allow for particular cell organizations or cell stimuli to be present.
  • the bioreactors may allow for generation of particular cell phenotypes and may allow certain cells to be harvested or purified.
  • conventional approaches have failed to re-create functional capillaries that feed and support the thick tissue necessary to construct a human organ.
  • these approaches in tissue engineering have relied on the in-growth of blood vessels into tissue-engineered devices to achieve permanent vascularization. This strategy has worked for some tissues that are either very thin such as a bladder wall replacement or tissues such as bone replacements that do not require vasculature to function.
  • tissue engineering techniques fall short in the creation of complex tissues such as large vital organs, including liver, kidney, thick skin, and heart. Larger tissues may also be thought of as an organization of smaller tissue sub-units; for example, the kidney is comprised of hundreds of thousands of nephron units, the functional unit of the lungs, i.e., the alveolar spaces, have a combined surface area of 70 to 80 meters squared (m 2 ), but are only 1 cell wall, 5 to 10 micrometers ( ⁇ m), thick.
  • Current tissue printing methodology not only fails to re-create the fine microvasculature necessary to support tissues thicker than 300 micrometers ( ⁇ m), but cannot organize cells into the structural orientations and niches that are necessary for organ function.
  • Antibodies are proteins produced and secreted by B cells during an immune response. Antibodies may have high binding specificity and affinity to potential infectious agents and thus may be used to bind to and isolate, neutralize, or alter the effects of other proteins, viruses, bacteria, chemical-protein combinations, or carbohydrate molecules. This makes antibodies a valuable protein in protection from pathogens and isolation or neutralization of infectious or otherwise pathologic agents or proteins. In addition, antibodies may be used to redirect immune responses, by modulation through either disruption or enhancement of other protein-protein interactions, by opsonization of phagocytosis, substantially increasing the likelihood of immune recognition and destruction of pathogenic or pathologic agents.
  • affinity maturation For a B cell to produce a high affinity or high avidity antibody, a multi-step process called affinity maturation is required.
  • BCR B cell receptor
  • a null BCR rearrangement ends the process of affinity maturation, and it no longer receives survival signals from accessory cells that are presenting the antigen or cross-linking of its own BCR that can provide additional positive feedback.
  • a higher affinity BCR rearrangement and random mutation give the B cell positive feedback, encouraging B cell division, more receptor rearrangement, and more random mutation, while a lower affinity BCR rearrangement may result in cell death or anergy.
  • a high affinity B cell differentially survives and transitions into a plasma cell.
  • Plasma cells circulate in the blood stream and secrete high amounts of antibody to assist an immune response.
  • Affinity maturation occurs mostly in lymph node organs over the period of several days. [0085]
  • the lymph node consists of a large collection of immune cells, primarily B cells, T cells, and follicular dendritic cells (FDCs) within a reticular network.
  • Lymph nodes enable the widespread intercellular interaction required for a full-scale immune response by increasing the proximity of cells to one another.
  • B cell receptor rearrangement is supported by secondary survival signals from accessory cells.
  • 3D three-dimensional spatiotemporal arrangement of immune cells, found within the lymph node.
  • Three-dimensional cell movement and spatiotemporal arrangement of cells is critical for several cell-based processes, including cell differentiation and cellular responses to external or internal stimuli.
  • the immune cells involved physically compartmentalize in the lymph node into regions that contain dividing B cells (i.e., dark zone), non-dividing B cells (i.e., light zone), and supporting accessory cells, as shown in FIG.16.
  • Compartmentalization of the immune cells indicates a dependence upon this organization for the proper development of high- affinity antibodies. While B cells undergo affinity maturation, they move between compartments in the lymph node, crawling across other cells and collagen networks, as shown in FIG.17.
  • This disclosure describes a non-toxic, printing process of cell-containing collagen networks at a millimeter, micron, or sub-micron resolution such that a lymphoid organ or organoid containing other cell types with finite cell compartmentalization may be created for purposes including, but not limited to, antibody generation.
  • the standard method of antibody production requires the use of animals, often mice or other rodents, rabbits, chickens, horses, or non- human primates, which are injected with an antigen and exsanguinated for B cell collection after exhibiting an immune response.
  • Antibodies produced by this method that are intended for use against human targets (e.g., for therapeutic purposes) require an additionally laborious humanization step, which may change the binding affinity of the target, while providing no guarantee of safety or efficacy in humans.
  • Other methods such as phage display, use a predefined antibody library or set of sequences coupled with some method of selection for the protein of interest. Often these libraries do not yield unique or high-affinity sequences.
  • Recapitulation of the cellular response of the organoid may provide valuable data on how a subject or population may react to a therapeutic, such as a drug or vaccine, or may allow a functional cell to generate and transferred into a subject to provide a therapeutic benefit .
  • a therapeutic such as a drug or vaccine
  • Potential adverse effects could be observed in the organoid which would normally be much more dangerous if the stimulus was provided to a human subject.
  • the efficacy of a given therapeutic can be analyzed using the organoids, and can be used to for personalized, or patient group specific methodologies.
  • the organoids may directly mimic a cellular response of a particular patient by incorporating the patient’s cells into the organoids.
  • the present disclosure provides a method, comprising: (a) generating a three-dimensional (3D) projection corresponding to an 3D object in a medium comprising one or more precursors of a polymer, to form a polymer matrix corresponding to the 3D object, wherein the polymer matrix at least partially encapsulates biological material; wherein the biological material comprises one or more cells; and (b) culturing the biological material in the 3D object to produce a plurality of cells capable of treating a disease or a disorder.
  • the plurality of cells may be administered to a subject to provide a therapeutic benefit.
  • the cells may also generate additional molecules that may be used as a therapeutic.
  • the described method involves the use of a light source, including, but not limited to, white light, blue light, green light, and single- or multi-photon laser sources of any wavelength.
  • Light may be projected in two or three dimensions.
  • Two-dimensional (2D) projection is achieved by two-dimensional projection of a single axial plane with a digital micromirror device (DMD) or spatial light modulator (SLM) that has light placed only in specific regions where polymerization of a material is desired.
  • DMD digital micromirror device
  • SLM spatial light modulator
  • Three-dimensional projection if used, may be achieved by holographic projection of light through use of a two light modulating systems in series, as disclosed in commonly invented U.S.
  • Polymerization of biomaterials has been described and implemented for use in bioprinting of materials for cell scaffolds.
  • the method described herein involves projecting a light source into a bath containing polymerizable material to encapsulate cells as polymerization occurs.
  • alternate in-media polymerization—based tissue engineering approaches use light projection to produce a 3D scaffold that may later be seeded with cells.
  • Encapsulating cells during the polymerization process rather than seeding may increase the precision with which cells may be placed; resolution that may be achieved within the polymerized space is further increased by using a two-photon light source rather than a standard single-photon light source.
  • the use of two-photon light sources to induce polymerization both eliminates or substantially reduces the toxicity of light to cells and speeds printing to improve cell viability and growth.
  • Multiphoton and single-photon laser methods are superior to extrusion printing in terms of resolution that may be attained and speed at which large or complex structures may be printed.
  • photons of longer wavelength may be used to reduce damage to cells, and/or less intense light or shorter light exposure time may be used.
  • printing simultaneously in three-dimensions by holographic projection of the light source in the desired polymerization pattern substantially reduces print time, also reducing stress to cells as a result of light exposure or time outside of an incubator.
  • the most commonly used medical devices for wound closure, wound patching as in a stent, knitting, or fusing of tissues including bone and skin are created from biologically inert materials. Many of these materials may dissolve over time, but many remain permanent features for many years after surgery and may induce complications or hinder the healing process.
  • Some more advanced materials and medical devices used for surgical wound closure or tissue repair are cell-seeded after three-dimensional extrusion printing to introduce stem cells or other cell types that might be beneficial to wound healing or closure.
  • Tissue implants for the promotion of tissue healing or improvement of function are often in the form of cell suspension injections or small devices that do not breach the 200-300 micrometer limit of diffusion for oxygen, nutrients and waste products, or are mostly a-cellular.
  • tissue implants do not contain cells printed in place that may remodel the print material and grow within the printed material, a significant hindrance to the development of a functional tissue insert that may incorporate into the implant environment.
  • the cell containing structures and materials are designed specifically to maintain structural properties such as tensile strength, shear and compression force resistance, compressibility or other properties that allow for compatibility with surgical techniques, specifications, and native tissue and organ structures while being fully biologically compatible. Hardening or polymerization of the biomaterials may be actuated by light or laser interactions with the printing materials at specific points in three dimensional space.
  • Printing materials include both biomaterials that are monomeric and doping or actuating agents that are non-cytotoxic but react to light or specific wavelengths of light.
  • Biologically compatible devices or structures printed containing embedded or trapped cells allow for remodeling and break-down or resorption of the implanted device that is used to deliver cells to the desired site for the purpose of, though not limited to, healing or augmentation, or replacement of tissue function.
  • biological material generally refers to any material that may serve a chemical or biological function.
  • Biological material may be biologically functional tissue or functional tissue, which may be a biological structure that is capable of serving, or serving, a biomechanical or biological function.
  • Biologically functional tissue may comprise cells that are within diffusion distance from each other, comprises at least one cell type wherein each cell is within diffusion distance of a capillary or vascular network component, facilitates and/or inhibits the fulfillment of protein function, or any combination thereof.
  • Biologically functional tissue may be at least a portion of tissue or an organ, such as a vital organ.
  • the biological material may advance drug development; for example, by screening multiple cells or tissue with different therapeutic agents.
  • Biological material may include a matrix, such as a polymeric matrix, biogel, hydrogel, or polymeric scaffold, including one or more other types of material, such as cells.
  • Biological material may include lymphoid organs and organoids.
  • Biological material may be derived from human or animal sources of primary cells, cell lines, stem cells, stem cell lines, differentiated stem cells, transdifferentiated stem cells, autologous cells, allogeneic cells, pluripotent stem cells, embryonic stem cells, induced pluripotent stem cells, or any combination thereof.
  • Bio material may be in various shapes, sizes or configurations. In some instances, biological material may be consumable by a subject (e.g., an animal), such as meat or meat-like material.
  • a subject e.g., an animal
  • three-dimensional printing also “3D printing”
  • 3D printing generally refers to a process or method for generating a 3D part (or object). Such process may be used to form a 3D part (or object), such as a 3D biological material.
  • the term “energy beam,” as used herein, generally refers to a beam of energy.
  • the energy beam may be a beam of electromagnetic energy or electromagnetic radiation.
  • the energy beam may be a particle beam.
  • An energy beam may be a light beam (e.g., gamma waves, x-ray, ultraviolet, visible light, infrared light, microwaves, or radio waves).
  • the light beam may be a coherent light beam, as may be provided by light amplification by stimulated emission of radiation (“laser”).
  • the light beam is generated by a laser diode or a multiple diode laser.
  • allogenic refers to the plurality of cells are obtained from a genetically non-identical donor. For example, allogenic cells are extracted from a donor and returned back to a different, genetically non-identical recipient.
  • autologous refers to the plurality of cells are obtained from a genetically identical donor.
  • autologous cells are extracted from a patient and returned back to the same, genetically identical individual (e.g., the donor).
  • Pluripototent stem cells refers to cells capable, under appropriate conditions, of producing different cell types that are derivatives of all of the 3 germinal layers (i.e. endoderm, mesoderm, and ectoderm).
  • pluripotent stem cells include embryonic stem cells of various types including human embryonic stem (hES) cells, human embryonic germ (hEG) cells; non-human embryonic stem cells, such as embryonic stem cells from other primates, such as Rhesus stem cells, marmoset stem cells; murine stem cells; stem cells created by nuclear transfer technology, as well as induced pluripotent stem cells (iPSCs).
  • hES human embryonic stem
  • hEG human embryonic germ
  • iPSCs induced pluripotent stem cells
  • ESCs include any commercially available or well established ESC cell line such as H9, H1, H7, or SA002.
  • iPSCs induced pluripotent stem cells
  • iPSCs include somatic cells that have been reprogrammed into a pluripotent state resembling that of embryonic stem cells. Included in the definition of iPSCs are iPSCs of various types including human iPSCs and non-human iPSCs, such as iPSCs derived from somatic cells that are primate somatic cells or murine somatic cells.
  • the term “energy source,” as used herein, refers to a laser, such as a fiber laser, a short-pulsed laser, or a femto-second pulsed laser; a heat source, such as a thermal plate, a lamp, an oven, a heated water bath, a cell culture incubator, a heat chamber, a furnace, or a drying oven; a light source, such as white light, infrared light, ultraviolet (UV) light, near infrared (NIR) light, visible light, or a light emitting diode (LED); a sound energy source, such as an ultrasound probe, a sonicator, or an ultrasound bath; an electromagnetic radiation source, such as a microwave source; or any combination thereof.
  • a laser such as a fiber laser, a short-pulsed laser, or a femto-second pulsed laser
  • a heat source such as a thermal plate, a lamp, an oven, a heated water bath, a cell culture incubator, a heat chamber, a
  • biogel refers to a hydrogel, a biocompatible hydrogel, a polymeric hydrogel, a hydrogel bead, a hydrogel nanoparticle, a hydrogel microdroplet, a solution with a viscosity ranging from at least about 10 x 10 -4 Pascal-second (Pa ⁇ s) to about 100 Pa ⁇ s or more when measured at 25 degrees Celsius (°C), a hydrogel comprising non-hydrogel beads, nanoparticles, microparticles, nanorods, nanoshells, liposomes, nanowires, nanotubes, or a combination thereof; a gel in which the liquid component is water; a degradable hydrogel; a non-degradable hydrogel; a resorbable hydrogel; a hydrogel comprising naturally-derived polymers; or any combination thereof.
  • a method for printing the 3D biological material comprises providing a media chamber comprising a medium comprising (i) a plurality of cells and (ii) one or more polymer precursors.
  • at least one energy beam may be directed to the medium in the media chamber along at least one energy beam path that is patterned into a 3D projection in accordance with computer instructions for printing the 3D biological material in computer memory.
  • This may form at least a portion of the 3D biological material comprising (i) at least a subset of the plurality of cells, which at least the subset of the plurality of cells comprises cells of at least two different types, and (ii) a polymer formed from the one or more polymer precursors.
  • Methods and systems of the present disclosure may be used to print multiple layers of a 3D object, such as a 3D biological material, at the same time.
  • a 3D object may be formed of a polymeric material, a metal, metal alloy, composite material, or any combination thereof.
  • the 3D object is formed of a polymeric material, in some cases including biological material (e.g., one or more cells or cellular components).
  • the 3D object may be formed by directing an energy beam (e.g., a laser) as a 3D projection (e.g., hologram) to one or more precursors of the polymeric material, to induce polymerization and/or cross-linking to form at least a portion of the 3D object. This may be used to form multiple layers of the 3D object at the same time.
  • an energy beam e.g., a laser
  • a 3D projection e.g., hologram
  • the 3D object may be formed of a metal or metal alloy, such as, e.g., gold, silver, platinum, tungsten, titanium, or any combination thereof.
  • the 3D object may be formed by sintering or melting metal particles, as may be achieved, for example, by directing an energy beam (e.g., a laser beam) at a powder bed comprising particles of a metal or metal alloy.
  • the 3D object may be formed by directing such energy beam as a 3D projection (e.g., hologram) into the powder bed to facilitate sintering or melting of particles. This may be used to form multiple layers of the 3D object at the same time.
  • the 3D object may be formed of an organic material such as graphene.
  • the 3D object may be formed of an inorganic material such as silicone.
  • the 3D object may be formed by sintering or melting organic and/or inorganic particles, as may be achieved, for example, by directing an energy beam (e.g., a laser beam) at a powder bed comprising particles of an organic and/or inorganic material.
  • the 3D object may be formed by directing such energy beam as a 3D projection (e.g., hologram) into the powder bed to facilitate sintering or melting of organic and/or inorganic particles.
  • the depth of the energy beam penetration may be dictated by the interaction of the beam wavelength and the electron field of a given metal, metal alloy, inorganic material, and/or organic material.
  • the organic material may be graphene.
  • the inorganic material may be silicone.
  • the at least one energy beam is at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 100, or more energy beams.
  • the at least one energy beam may be or include coherent light.
  • the at least one energy beam is a laser beam.
  • the at least one energy beam may be directed as an image or image set. The image may be fixed with time or changed with time.
  • the at least one energy beam may be directed as a video.
  • the computer instructions may correspond to a computer model or representation of the 3D biological material. The computer instructions may be part of the computer model.
  • the computer instructions may comprise a set of images corresponding to the 3D biological material.
  • the at least one energy beam may be directed as a holographic image or video. This may enable different points in the medium to be exposed to the at least one energy beam at the same time, to, for example, induce formation of a polymer matrix (e.g., by polymerization) at multiple layers at the same time.
  • a 3D image or video may be projected into the medium at different focal points using, e.g., a spatial light modulator (SLM).
  • SLM spatial light modulator
  • the computer instructions may include and/or direct adjustment of one or more parameters of the at least one energy beam as a function of time during formation of the 3D biological material, such as, for example, application of power to a source of the at least one energy beam (e.g., laser on/off). Such adjustment may be made in accordance with an image or video (e.g., holographic image or video) corresponding to the 3D biological material.
  • the computer instructions may include and/or direct adjustment of a location of a stage upon which the 3D biological material is formed.
  • At least a portion of the at least the subset of the plurality of cells may be subjected to differentiation to form the cells of the at least two different types. This may be employed, for example, by exposing the cells to an agent or subjecting the cells to a condition that induces differentiation. Alternatively, or in addition to, the cells may be subjected to de-differentiation or induction of cell quiescence. The cells may be also be allowed to proliferate or clonally expand, or subjected to conditions to allow proliferation or clonal expansion. Additionally, cells may be subjected to conditions or stimulus that induce a phenotypic or genotypic change.
  • the cells may be subjected to stimuli that skew the production of antibodies to a particular isotype, such as IgA or IgE.
  • Another aspect of the present disclosure provides a method for printing a 3D biological material, providing a media chamber comprising a first medium.
  • the first medium may comprise a first plurality of cells and a first polymeric precursor.
  • At least one energy beam may be directed to the first medium in the media chamber along at least one energy beam path in accordance with computer instructions for printing the 3D biological material, to subject at least a portion of the first medium in the media chamber to form a first portion of the 3D biological material.
  • a second medium may be provided in the media chamber.
  • the second medium may comprise a second plurality of cells and a second polymeric precursor.
  • the second plurality of cells may be of a different type than the first plurality of cells.
  • at least one energy beam may be directed to the second medium in the media chamber along at least one energy beam path in accordance with the computer instructions, to subject at least a portion of the second medium in the media chamber to form at least a second portion of the 3D biological material.
  • a system for printing a 3D biological material comprises a media chamber configured to contain a medium comprising a plurality of cells comprising cells of at least two different types and one or more polymer precursors; at least one energy source configured to direct at least one energy beam to the media chamber; and one or more computer processors operatively coupled to the at least one energy source, wherein the one or more computer processors are individually or collectively programmed to (i) receive computer instructions for printing the 3D biological material from computer memory; and (ii) direct the at least one energy source to direct the at least one energy beam to the medium in the media chamber along at least one energy beam path in accordance with the computer instructions, to subject at least a portion of the polymer precursors to form at least a portion of the 3D biological material.
  • a system for printing a 3D biological material comprising: a media chamber configured to contain a medium comprising a plurality of cells and a plurality of polymer precursors; at least one energy source configured to direct at least one energy beam to the media chamber; and one or more computer processors operatively coupled to the at least one energy source, wherein the one or more computer processors are individually or collectively programmed to (i) receive computer instructions for printing the 3D biological material from computer memory; (ii) direct the at least one energy source to direct the at least one energy beam to the medium in the media chamber along at least one energy beam path in accordance with the computer instructions, to subject at least a portion of the polymer precursors to form at least a portion of the 3D biological material; and (iii) direct the at least one energy source to direct the at least one energy beam to a second medium in the media chamber along at least one energy beam path in accordance with the computer instructions, to subject at least a portion of the second medium in the media chamber to form at least
  • methods for printing a three-dimensional (3D) object may comprise directing at least one energy beam into a medium comprising one or more precursors, to generate the 3D object comprising a material formed from the one or more precursors, wherein the at least one energy beam is directed into the medium as a 3D projection corresponding to the 3D object.
  • methods for printing a three-dimensional (3D) biological material may comprise directing at least one energy beam to: 1) a first medium comprising a first plurality of cells and a first polymeric precursor, and 2) a second medium comprising a second plurality of cells and a second polymeric precursor, to generate a first portion of the 3D biological material and a second portion of the 3D biological material.
  • the present disclosure provides methods of producing a population of human immunological proteins, comprising: (a) providing a medium comprising (i) a plurality of cells and (ii) one or more polymer precursors; (b) depositing at least one layer of the medium onto a substrate; (c) subjecting the at least one layer of the medium to an energy source to form at least a portion of the 3D lymphoid organoid comprising (i) at least a subset of the plurality of cells, and (ii) a biogel formed from the one or more polymer precursors; and (d) subjecting the at least the portion of the 3D lymphoid organoid to conditions sufficient to stimulate production of the one or more immunological proteins.
  • Another aspect of the present disclosure provides a method for printing a 3D biological material, providing a media chamber comprising a medium.
  • the medium may comprise a polymeric precursor.
  • At least one energy beam may be directed to the medium in the media chamber along at least one energy beam path to subject at least a portion of the medium in the media chamber to form a at least a portion of the 3D biological material.
  • the energy beam may be directed in accordance with computer instructions for printing the 3D biological material.
  • the at least energy beam may be directed to the medium by a 3D projection of a 3D object.
  • a plurality of cells may be provided in the media chamber prior to generation of polymer or polymer matrix from the polymer precursors.
  • a plurality of cells may be provided to the polymer or polymer matrix after generation of the polymer or polymer matrix from the polymer precursors. Providing the cells after generation of the polymer matrix may increase cell viability.
  • the system 100 comprises a laser printing system 110 driven by a solid-model computer-aided design (CAD) modeling system 112.
  • the CAD modeling system 112 comprises a computer 114 which controls the laser printing system 110 based on a CAD model of the desired tissue and additional parameters.
  • the laser printing system 110 comprises a laser system 116 in communication with a multi-photon tissue printing print-head 118 which projects waveforms of a multi-photon laser beam 120 into a media chamber 122 to match the desired structure in complete or in specific parts.
  • the multi- photon tissue print-head 118 includes at least one objective lens 124 that delivers the multi- photon laser beam 120 in the lateral and axial planes of the media chamber 122 to provide a two-dimensional and/or three dimensional and thus holographic projection of the CAD modeled tissue within the media chamber 122.
  • the objective lens 124 may be a water-immersion objective lens, an air objective lens, or an oil-immersion objective lens.
  • the media chamber 122 contains media comprised of cells, polymerizable material, and culture medium.
  • the polymerizable material may comprise polymerizable monomeric units that are biologically compatible, dissolvable, and, in some cases, biologically inert.
  • the monomeric units (or subunits) may polymerize, cross-link, or react in response to the multi-photon laser beam 120 to create cell containing structures, such as cell matrices and basement membrane structures, specific to the tissue to be generated.
  • the monomeric units may polymerize and/or cross-link to form a matrix.
  • the polymerizable monomeric units may comprise mixtures of collagen with other extracellular matrix components including but not limited to elastin and hyaluronic acid to varying percentages depending on the desired tissue matrix.
  • extracellular matrix components used to create cell containing structures may include proteoglycans such as heparan sulfate, chondroitin sulfate, and keratan sulfate, non-proteoglycan polysaccharide such as hyaluronic acid, collagen, and elastin, fibronectin, laminin, nidogen, or any combination thereof.
  • extracellular matrix components may be functionalized with acrylate, diacrylate, methacrylate, cinnamoyl, coumarin, thymine, or other side-group or chemically reactive moiety to facilitate cross-linking induced directly by multi-photon excitation or by multi-photon excitation of one or more chemical doping agents.
  • photopolymerizable macromers and/or photopolymerizable monomers may be used in conjunction with the extracellular matrix components to create cell-containing structures.
  • Non-limiting examples of photopolymerizable macromers may include polyethylene glycol (PEG) acrylate derivatives, PEG methacrylate derivatives, and polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) derivatives.
  • collagen used to create cell containing structure may be fibrillar collagen such as type I, II, III, V, and XI collagen, facit collagen such as type IX, XII, and XIV collagen, short chain collagen such as type VIII and X collagen, basement membrane collagen such as type IV collagen, type VI collagen, type VII collagen, type XIII collagen, or any combination thereof.
  • Specific mixtures of monomeric units may be created to alter the final properties of the polymerized biogel.
  • This base print mixture may contain other polymerizable monomers that are synthesized and not native to mammalian tissues, comprising a hybrid of biologic and synthetic materials.
  • An example mixture may comprise about 0.4% w/v collagen methacrylate plus the addition of about 50% w/v polyethylene glycol diacrylate (PEGDA).
  • Photoinitiators to induce polymerization may be reactive in the ultraviolet (UV), infrared (IR), or visible light range. Examples of two such photo initiators are Eosin Y (EY) and triethanolamine (TEA), that when combined may polymerize in response to exposure to visible light (e.g., wavelengths of about 390 to 700 nanometers).
  • Non-limiting examples of photoinitiators may include azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN), benzoin derivatives, benziketals, hydroxyalkylphenones, acetophenone derivatives, trimethylolpropane triacrylate (TPT), acryloyl chloride, benzoyl peroxide, camphorquinone, benzophenone, thioxanthones, and 2-hydroxy-1-[4- (hydroxyethoxy)phenyl]-2-methyl-1-propanone.
  • AIBN azobisisobutyronitrile
  • benzoin derivatives benziketals
  • hydroxyalkylphenones hydroxyalkylphenones
  • acetophenone derivatives trimethylolpropane triacrylate (TPT)
  • TPT trimethylolpropane triacrylate
  • acryloyl chloride benzoyl peroxide
  • camphorquinone benzophenone
  • thioxanthones 2-hydroxy-1-
  • Hydroxyalkylphenones may include 4-(2- hydroxyethylethoxy)-phenyl–(2-hydroxy-2-methyl propyl) ketone (Irgacure® 295), 1- hidroxycyclohexyl-1-phenyl ketone (Irgacure® 184) and 2,2- dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone (Irgacure® 651).
  • Acetophenone derivatives may include 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone (DMPA).
  • Thioxanthones may include isopropyl thioxanthone.
  • an example mixture may include about 1 mg/mL type I collagen-methacrylate, about 0.5 mg/mL type III collagen, about 0.2 mg/mL methacrylated hyaluronic acid, about 0.1% Eosin Y, and about 0.1% triethanolamine.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise at least about 0.01% of a photoinitiator. In some cases, the polymerized biogel may comprise about 10% of a photoinitiator or more. In some cases, the polymerized biogel comprises about 0.1% of a photoinitiator.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 0.01% to about 0.05%, about 0.01% to about 0.1%, about 0.01% to about 0.2%, about 0.01% to about 0.3%, about 0.01% to about 0.4%, about 0.01% to about 0.5%, about 0.01% to about 0.6 %, about 0.7% to about 0.8%, about 0.9% to about 1%, about 0.01% to about 2%, about 0.01% to about 3%, about 0.01%% to about 4%, about 0.01% to about 5%, about 0.01% to about 6%, about 0.01% to about 7%, about 0.01% to about 8%, about 0.01% to about 9%, or about 0.01% to about 10% of a photoinitiator.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 0.05% of a photoinitiator.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise 0.1% of a photoinitiator.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 0.2% of a photoinitiator.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 0.3% of a photoinitiator.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 0.4% of a photoinitiator.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 0.5% of a photoinitiator.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 0.6% of a photoinitiator.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 0.7% of a photoinitiator.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 0.8% of a photoinitiator.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 0.9% of a photoinitiator.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 1% of a photoinitiator.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 1.1% of a photoinitiator.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 1.2% of a photoinitiator.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 1.3% of a photoinitiator.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 1.4% of a photoinitiator.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 1.5% of a photoinitiator.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 1.6% of a photoinitiator.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 1.7% of a photoinitiator.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 1.8% of a photoinitiator.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 1.9% of a photoinitiator.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 2% of a photoinitiator.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 2.5% of a photoinitiator.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 3% of a photoinitiator.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 3.5% of a photoinitiator.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 4% of a photoinitiator.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 4.5% of a photoinitiator.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 5% of a photoinitiator.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 5.5% of a photoinitiator.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 6% of a photoinitiator.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 6.5% of a photoinitiator.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 7% of a photoinitiator.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 7.5% of a photoinitiator.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 8% of a photoinitiator.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 8.5% of a photoinitiator.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 9% of a photoinitiator.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 9.5% of a photoinitiator.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 10% of a photoinitiator. [00135] In some cases, the polymerized biogel may comprise at least about 10% of a photopolymerizable macromer and/or photopolymerizable monomer. In some cases, the polymerized biogel may comprise about 99% or more of a photopolymerizable macromer and/or photopolymerizable monomer. In some cases, the polymerized biogel may comprise about 50% of a photopolymerizable macromer and/or photopolymerizable monomer.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 10% to about 15%, about 10% to about 20%, about 10% to about 25%, about 10% to about 30%, about 10% to about 35%, about 10% to about 40%, about 10% to about 45%, about 10% to about 50%, about 10% to about 55%, about 10% to about 60%, about 10% to about 65%, about 10% to about 70%, about 10% to about 75%, about 10% to about 80%, about 10% to about 85%, about 10% to about 90%, about 10% to about 95%, or about 10% to about 99% of a photopolymerizable macromer and/or photopolymerizable monomer.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 10% of a photopolymerizable macromer and/or photopolymerizable monomer.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 15% of a photopolymerizable macromer and/or photopolymerizable monomer.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 20% of a photopolymerizable macromer and/or photopolymerizable monomer.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 25% of a photopolymerizable macromer and/or photopolymerizable monomer.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 30% of a photopolymerizable macromer and/or photopolymerizable monomer.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 35% of a photopolymerizable macromer and/or photopolymerizable monomer.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 40% photopolymerizable macromer and/or photopolymerizable monomer.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 45% of a photopolymerizable macromer and/or photopolymerizable monomer.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 50% of a photopolymerizable macromer and/or photopolymerizable monomer.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 55% of a photopolymerizable macromer and/or photopolymerizable monomer.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 60% of a photopolymerizable macromer and/or photopolymerizable monomer.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 65% of a photopolymerizable macromer and/or photopolymerizable monomer.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 70% of a photopolymerizable macromer and/or photopolymerizable monomer.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 75% of a photopolymerizable macromer and/or photopolymerizable monomer.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 80% of a photopolymerizable macromer and/or photopolymerizable monomer.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 85% of a photopolymerizable macromer and/or photopolymerizable monomer.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 90% of a photopolymerizable macromer and/or photopolymerizable monomer.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 95% of a photopolymerizable macromer and/or photopolymerizable monomer.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 96% of a photopolymerizable macromer and/or photopolymerizable monomer.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 97% of a photopolymerizable macromer and/or photopolymerizable monomer.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 98% of a photopolymerizable macromer and/or photopolymerizable monomer.
  • the polymerized biogel may comprise about 99% of a photopolymerizable macromer and/or photopolymerizable monomer.
  • Two-photon absorption is non-linear and cannot be accurately predicted or calculated based on single photon absorption properties of a chemical.
  • a photo-reactive chemical may have a peak, two-photon absorption at or around double the single photon absorption or be slightly-redshifted in absorption spectra. Therefore, wavelengths at or about 900 nanometers through about 1400 nanometers may be used for polymerization of monomeric materials by exciting mixtures of catalysts of the polymerization reaction, for example EY or TEA.
  • Single wavelength polymerization may be sufficient for creating all structural elements, however to further speed up the printing process, multiple wavelengths may be employed simultaneously through the same printing apparatus and into the same printing chamber.
  • Premixing or pre-reacting of polymerizable monomeric units with catalysts comprising differing absorption bands may allow for printing at different wavelengths to form different substrate-based structural elements simultaneously within the media chamber 122.
  • certain structural elements may be generated by tuning the excitation wavelength of the laser to a particular wavelength, and then other structural elements may be generated around the existing elements by tuning another or the same laser to a different excitation wavelength that may interact with a distinct photoinitiator that initiates polymerization of one material base with greater efficiency.
  • FIGs.2A-2C illustrate example stages of the generation of a desired tissue within the media chamber 122.
  • FIG.2A illustrates the media chamber 122 containing media 126 comprised of a first cell group, polymerizable material and culture medium.
  • pulses of the multi-photon laser beam 120 may be delivered to the media 126 according to the CAD model corresponding to the vascular structure and microvasculature of the desired tissue.
  • the first cell group may comprise vascular and/or microvascular cells including but not limited to endothelial cells, microvascular endothelial cells, pericytes, smooth muscle cells, fibroblasts, endothelial progenitor cells, stem cells, or any combination thereof.
  • portions of the media 126 may polymerize, cross-link or react to form cell-containing scaffolding 128 representing the vasculature and microvasculature of the desired tissue.
  • the media 126 may then be drained through a first port 130a, a second port 130b, a third port 130c, a fourth port 130d, and a fifth port 130e to remove the first cell group and associated media.
  • the media chamber 122 may comprise at least one port.
  • the media chamber 122 may comprise a plurality of ports ranging from at least one port to 100 ports at most.
  • the media chamber 122 may comprise at least two ports.
  • the media chamber 122 may comprise at least three ports.
  • the media chamber 122 may comprise at least four ports.
  • the media chamber 122 may comprise at least five ports.
  • the media chamber 122 may be filled with media 126 containing a second cell group, polymerizable material and culture medium through ports 130.
  • This second cell group may be used to generate tissue structures around the existing cell- containing scaffolding 128.
  • the cell-containing scaffolding 128 may be a vascular scaffold.
  • the printed vascular scaffolding may comprise endothelial cells, vascular endothelial cells, pericytes, smooth muscle cells, fibroblasts, endothelial progenitor cells, stem cells, or any combination thereof.
  • the first cell group and/or second cell group may comprise endothelial cells, microvascular endothelial cells, pericytes, smooth muscle cells, fibroblasts, endothelial progenitor cells, lymph cells, T cells such as helper T cells and cytotoxic T cells, B cells, natural killer (NK) cells, reticular cells, hepatocytes, or any combination thereof.
  • the first cell group and/or second cell group may comprise exocrine secretory epithelial cells, hormone- secreting cells, epithelial cells, nerve cells, adipocytes, kidney cells, pancreatic cells, pulmonary cells, extracellular matrix cells, muscle cells, blood cells, immune cells, germ cells, interstitial cells, or any combination thereof.
  • the first cell group and/or second cell group may comprise exocrine secretory epithelial cells including but not limited to salivary gland mucous cells, mammary gland cells, sweat gland cells such as eccrine sweat gland cell and apocrine sweat gland cell, sebaceous gland cells, type II pneumocytes, or any combination thereof.
  • exocrine secretory epithelial cells including but not limited to salivary gland mucous cells, mammary gland cells, sweat gland cells such as eccrine sweat gland cell and apocrine sweat gland cell, sebaceous gland cells, type II pneumocytes, or any combination thereof.
  • the first cell group and/or second cell group may comprise hormone-secreting cells including but not limited to anterior pituitary cells, intermediate pituitary cells, magnocellular neurosecretory cells, gut tract cells, respiratory tract cells, thyroid gland cells, parathyroid gland cells, adrenal gland cells, Leydig cells, theca interna cells, corpus luteum cells, juxtaglomerular cells, macula densa cells, peripolar cells, mesangial cells, pancreatic islet cells such as alpha cells, beta cells, delta cells, PP cells, and epsilon cells, or any combination thereof.
  • hormone-secreting cells including but not limited to anterior pituitary cells, intermediate pituitary cells, magnocellular neurosecretory cells, gut tract cells, respiratory tract cells, thyroid gland cells, parathyroid gland cells, adrenal gland cells, Leydig cells, theca interna cells, corpus luteum cells, juxtaglomerular cells, macula densa cells, peripolar cells, mesangial cells,
  • the first cell group and/or second cell group may comprise epithelial cells including but not limited to keratinizing epithelial cells such as keratinocytes, basal cells, and hair shaft cells, stratified barrier epithelial cells such as surface epithelial cells of stratified squamous epithelium, basal cells of epithelia, and urinary epithelium cells, or any combination thereof.
  • epithelial cells including but not limited to keratinizing epithelial cells such as keratinocytes, basal cells, and hair shaft cells, stratified barrier epithelial cells such as surface epithelial cells of stratified squamous epithelium, basal cells of epithelia, and urinary epithelium cells, or any combination thereof.
  • the first cell group and/or second cell group may comprise nerve cells or neurons including but not limited to sensory transducer cells, autonomic neuron cells, peripheral neuron supporting cells, central nervous system neurons such as interneurons, spindle neurons, pyramidal cells, stellate cells, astrocytes, oligodendrocytes, ependymal cells, glial cells, or any combination thereof.
  • the first cell group and/or second cell group may comprise kidney cells including but not limited to, parietal cells, podocytes, mesangial cells, distal tubule cells, proximal tubule cells, Loop of Henle thin segment cells, collecting duct cells, interstitial kidney cells, or any combination thereof.
  • the first cell group and/or second cell group may comprise pulmonary cells including, but not limited to type I pneumocyte, alveolar cells, capillary endothelial cells, alveolar macrophages, bronchial epithelial cells, bronchial smooth muscle cells, tracheal epithelial cells, small airway epithelial cells, or any combination thereof.
  • the first cell group and/or second cell group may comprise extracellular matrix cells including, but not limited to epithelial cells, fibroblasts, pericytes, chondrocytes, osteoblasts, osteocytes, osteoprogenitor cells, stellate cells, hepatic stellate cells, or any combination thereof.
  • the first cell group and/or second cell group may comprise muscle cells including, but not limited to skeletal muscle cells, cardiomyocytes, Purkinje fiber cells, smooth muscle cells, myoepithelial cells, or any combination thereof.
  • the first cell group and/or second cell group may comprise blood cells and/or immune cells including, but not limited to erythrocytes, megakaryocytes, monocytes, macrophages, osteoclasts, dendritic cells, microglial cells, neutrophils, eosinophils, basophils, mast cells, helper T cells, suppressor T cells, cytotoxic T cells, natural killer T cells, B cells, natural killer (NK) cells, reticulocytes, or any combination thereof.
  • erythrocytes including, but not limited to erythrocytes, megakaryocytes, monocytes, macrophages, osteoclasts, dendritic cells, microglial cells, neutrophils, eosinophils, basophils, mast cells, helper T cells
  • Additional cells may be added to a media chamber prior to polymerization of the polymers, during polymerization of the polymers or after polymerization of the polymers.
  • the media may comprise more than one type of cells.
  • 3D biological objects may be able to replicate cell-cell interactions between cells of the 3D biological objects. Additionally, the cells may be able to migrate to other locations of the biological objects or between adjacent biological objects. Cells of a first biological object may be able to interact with cells of a second biological object. The interactions may be inhibited by additional structures such as membranes. Membranes may allow only a portion of a set of cells to be able to interact with one other.
  • FIG.2C illustrates delivery of pulses of the multi-photon laser beam 120 to the media 126 according to the CAD model of the remaining tissue.
  • additional portions of the media 126 may polymerize, cross-link or react to form cell-containing structures 132 around the existing cell-containing scaffolding 128 (no longer visible) without damaging or impacting the existing vascular scaffolding 128.
  • the steps of draining the media 126, refilling with new media 126 and delivering laser energy may be repeated any number of times to create the desired complex tissue.
  • FIG.2D illustrates an embodiment wherein the cell-containing scaffolding 128 may be printed along the bottom of the media chamber 122 containing media 126.
  • the scaffolding 128 may not be free standing or free floating.
  • the multi-channel input may reduce shear forces associated with bulk flow from one direction, uneven washing of fine structures as bulk flow may not wash unwanted cells from small features, and uneven distribution of new cell containing media as it is cycled into the tissue printing chamber.
  • the multiple inputs may come from the top, bottom, sides or all three simultaneously. Multiple inputs are particularly desired for tissue printing because cell-containing structures are relatively fragile and potentially disrupted by the application of fluid forces associated with media exchange through the chamber.
  • FIG.2D shows that the tissues may be printed above the bottom plate of the media chamber.
  • the cells and tissue may be printed flush against the bottom of the media chamber. Additionally, this design may allow for easy transport of printed tissues and positioning under a laser print head (focusing objective) and is a closed system that may allow for media exchange and printing to occur without exposure to room air. This may be desired as exposure to room air may introduce infectious agents into the cell culture media which may disrupt or completely destroy the development of useful tissues.
  • Laser Printing Systems [00154] In an aspect, the present disclosure provides systems for printing a three-dimensional (3D) biological material. The x, y, and z dimensions may be simultaneously accessed by the systems provided herein.
  • a system for printing a 3D biological material may comprise a media chamber configured to contain a medium comprising a plurality of cells comprising cells and one or more polymer precursors.
  • the plurality of cells may comprise cells of at least one type.
  • the plurality of cells may comprise cells of at least two different types.
  • the system may comprise at least one energy source configured to direct at least one energy beam to the media chamber.
  • the system may comprise at least one energy source configured to direct at least one energy beam to the media chamber and/or to the cell-containing chamber.
  • the system may comprise one or more computer processors operatively coupled to the at least one energy source, wherein the one or more computer processors may be individually or collectively programmed to: receive computer instructions for printing the 3D biological material from computer memory; and direct the at least one energy source to direct the at least one energy beam to the medium in the media chamber along at least one energy beam path in accordance with the computer instructions, to subject at least a portion of the polymer precursors to form at least a portion of the 3D biological material.
  • the present disclosure provides an additional system for printing a 3D biological material, comprising a media chamber configured to contain a medium comprising a plurality of cells and a plurality of polymer precursors.
  • the system may comprise at least one energy source configured to direct at least one energy beam to the media chamber.
  • the system may comprise one or more computer processors that may be operatively coupled to the at least one energy source.
  • the one or more computer processors may be individually or collectively programmed to: (i) receive computer instructions for printing the 3D biological material from computer memory; (ii) direct the at least one energy source to direct the at least one energy beam to the medium in the media chamber along at least one energy beam path in accordance with the computer instructions, to subject at least a portion of the polymer precursors to form at least a portion of the 3D biological material; and (iii) direct the at least one energy source to direct the at least one energy beam to a second medium in the media chamber along at least one energy beam path in accordance with the computer instructions, to subject at least a portion of the second medium in the media chamber to form at least a second portion of the 3D biological material, wherein the second medium comprises a second plurality of cells and a second polymeric precursor, wherein the second pluralit
  • the one or more computer processors are individually or collectively programmed to generate a point-cloud representation or lines-based representation of the 3D biological material in computer memory, and use the point-cloud representation or lines-based representation to generate the computer instructions for printing the 3D biological material in computer memory.
  • the one or more computer processors may be individually or collectively programmed to direct the at least one energy source to direct the at least one energy beam along one or more additional energy beam paths to form at least another portion of the 3D biological material.
  • the system may comprise one or more computer processors operatively coupled to at least one energy source and/or to at least one light patterning element.
  • the point-cloud representation or the lines-based representation of the computer model may be a holographic point-cloud representation or a holographic lines-based representation.
  • the one or more computer processors may be individually or collectively programmed to use the light patterning element to re-project the holographic image as illuminated by the at least one energy source.
  • one or more computer processors may be individually or collectively programmed to convert the point-cloud representation or lines-based representation into an image.
  • the one or more computer processors may be individually or collectively programmed to project the image in a holographic manner.
  • the one or more computer processors may be individually or collectively programmed to project the image as a hologram.
  • the one or more computer processors may be individually or collectively programmed to project the image as partial hologram.
  • one or more computer processors may be individually or collectively programmed to convert the point-cloud representation or lines-based representation of a complete image set into a series of holographic images via an algorithmic transformation.
  • This transformed image set may then be projected in sequence by a light patterning element, such as a spatial light modulator (SLM) or digital mirror device (DMD), through the system, recreating the projected image within the printing chamber with the projected light that is distributed in 2D and or 3D simultaneously.
  • SLM spatial light modulator
  • DMD digital mirror device
  • An expanded or widened laser beam may be projected onto the SLMs and/or DMDs, which serve as projection systems for the holographic image.
  • one or more computer processors may be individually or collectively programmed to project the image in a holographic manner. In some cases, one or more computer processors may be individually or collectively programmed to project the images all at once or played in series as a video to form a larger 3D structure in a holographic manner.
  • Holography is a technique that projects a multi-dimensional (e.g.2D and/or 3D) holographic image or a hologram.
  • the laser may photopolymerize, solidify, cross-link, bond, harden, and/or change a physical property of the medium along the projected laser light path; thus, the laser may allow for the printing of 3D structures.
  • Holography may require a light source, such as a laser light or coherent light source, to create the holographic image.
  • the holographic image may be constant over time or varied with time (e.g., a holographic video).
  • holography may require a shutter to open or move the laser light path, a beam splitter to split the laser light into separate paths, mirrors to direct the laser light paths, a diverging lens to expand the beam, and additional patterning or light directing elements.
  • a holographic image of an object may be created by expanding the laser beam with a diverging lens and directing the expanded laser beam onto the hologram and/or onto at least one pattern forming element, such as, for example a spatial light modulator or SLM.
  • the pattern forming element may encode a pattern comprising the holographic image into a laser beam path.
  • the pattern forming element may encode a pattern comprising a partial hologram into a laser beam path.
  • the pattern may be directed towards and focused in the medium chamber containing the printing materials (i.e., the medium comprising the plurality of cells and polymeric precursors), where it may excite a light-reactive photoinitiator found in the printing materials (i.e., in the medium).
  • the excitation of the light-reactive photoinitiator may lead to the photopolymerization of the polymeric-based printing materials and forms a structure in the desired pattern (i.e., holographic image).
  • one or more computer processors may be individually or collectively programmed to project the holographic image by directing an energy source along distinct energy beam paths. [00161]
  • at least one energy source may be a plurality of energy sources.
  • the plurality of energy sources may direct a plurality of the at least one energy beam.
  • the energy source may be a laser.
  • the laser may be a fiber laser.
  • a fiber laser may be a laser with an active gain medium that includes an optical fiber doped with rare- earth elements, such as, for example, erbium, ytterbium, neodymium, dysprosium, praseodymium, thulium and/or holmium.
  • the energy source may be a short-pulsed laser.
  • the energy source may be a femto-second pulsed laser.
  • the femtosecond pulsed laser may have a pulse width less than or equal to about 500 femtoseconds (fs), 250, 240, 230, 220, 210, 200, 150, 100, 50 fs, 40 fs, 30 fs, 20 fs, 10 fs, 9 fs, 8 fs, 7 fs, 6 fs, 5 fs, 4 fs, 3 fs, 2 fs, 1 fs, or less.
  • the femtosecond pulsed laser may be, for example, a titanium:sapphire (Ti:Sa) laser.
  • the at least one energy source may be derived from a coherent light source.
  • the coherent light source may provide light with a wavelength from about 300 nanometers (nm) to about 5 millimeters (mm).
  • the coherent light source may comprise a wavelength from about 350 nm to about 1800 nm, or about 1800 nm to about 5 mm.
  • the coherent light source may provide light with a wavelength of at least about 300 nm, 400 nm, 500 nm, 600 nm, 700 nm, 800 nm, 900 nm, 1 mm, 1.1 mm, 1.2, mm, 1.3 mm, 1.4 mm, 1.5 mm, 1.6 mm, 1.7 mm, 1.8 mm, 1.9 mm, 2 mm, 3 mm, 4 mm, 5 mm, or greater.
  • the computer processors may be individually or collectively programmed to direct the at least one energy source to direct the at least one energy beam along one or more additional energy beam paths to form at least another portion of the 3D biological material.
  • the one or more additional energy beam paths may be along an x axis, an x and y plane, or the x, y, and z planes.
  • the one or more additional energy beam paths may be along an x axis.
  • the one or more additional energy beam paths may be along a y axis.
  • the one or more additional energy beam paths may be along a z axis.
  • the energy beam path may converge with one or more other beams on the same axis.
  • the one or more additional energy beam paths may be in the x and y plane.
  • the one or more additional energy beam paths may be in the x and z plane.
  • the one or more additional energy beam paths may be in the y and z plane.
  • the one or more additional energy beam paths may be in the x, y, and z planes.
  • the system may further comprise at least one objective lens for directing the at least one energy beam to the medium in the media chamber.
  • at least one objective lens may comprise a water-immersion objective lens.
  • at least one objective lens may comprise a water-immersion objective lens.
  • at least one objective lens may comprise a water dipping objective lens.
  • at least one objective lens may comprise an oil immersion objective lens.
  • At least one objective lens may comprise an achromatic objective lens, a semi-apochromatic objective lens, a plans objective lens, an immersion objective lens, a Huygens objective lens, a Ramsden objective lens, a periplan objective lens, a compensation objective lens, a wide-field objective lens, a super-field objective lens, a condenser objective lens, or any combination thereof.
  • a condenser objective lens may include an Abbe condenser, an achromatic condenser, and a universal condenser.
  • the one or more computer processors may be individually or collectively programmed to receive images of the edges of the 3D biological material.
  • the one or more computer processors may be individually or collectively programmed to receive images of the exterior surfaces of the 3D biological material.
  • the one or more computer processors may be individually or collectively programmed to receive images of the interior surfaces of the 3D biological material.
  • the one or more computer processors may be individually or collectively programmed to receive images of the interior of the 3D biological material.
  • the one or more computer processors may be individually or collectively programmed to direct linking of the 3D biological material with other tissue, which linking may be in accordance with the computer instructions.
  • the one or more computer processors may be individually or collectively programmed to directly link, merge, bond, or weld 3D printed material with already printed structures, where linking is in accordance with the computer model.
  • linking of the 3D biological material with other tissue may involve chemical cross-linking, mechanical linking, and/or cohesively coupling.
  • the system may comprise a media chamber configured to contain a medium comprising a plurality of cells and a plurality of polymer precursors.
  • the system may comprise at least one energy source configured to direct at least one energy beam to the media chamber.
  • the system may comprise one or more computer processors operatively coupled to at least one energy source, wherein the one or more computer processors are individually or collectively programmed to: receive a computer model of the 3D biological material in computer memory; generate a point-cloud representation or lines-based representation of the computer model of the 3D biological material in computer memory; direct the at least one energy source to direct the at least one energy beam to the medium in the media chamber along at least one energy beam path in accordance with the computer model of the 3D biological material, to subject at least a portion of the polymer precursors to form at least a portion of the 3D biological material; and direct the at least one energy source to direct the at least one energy beam to a second medium in the media chamber along at least one energy beam path in accordance with the computer model of the 3D biological material, to subject at least a portion of the second medium in the media chamber to form at least a second portion of the 3D biological material, wherein the second medium comprises a second plurality of cells and a second polymeric precursor, wherein the second plurality of
  • hydrogels with high rates of polymerization may also be utilized for two-dimensional projection of tissue sheets that are timed such that one slice of a structure is projected with each step in in an x, y, or z plane. Additionally, mixed plane angles representing a sheet or comprising an orthogonal slice may also be utilized. In the case of rapidly polymerizing hydrogels, these projections may work in time-scales that are compatible with tissue printing whereas laser sintering or raster scanning (e.g. layer-by-layer deposition) may be prohibitively slow for building a complex structure.
  • the laser printing system 110 of the present disclosure may be equipped with an objective lens 124 that may allow for focusing of the three-dimensional or two-dimensional holographic projection in the lateral and axial planes for rapid creation of cell containing structures.
  • the objective lens 124 may be a water-immersion objective lens, an air objective lens, or an oil-immersion objective lens.
  • the laser printing system 110 may include a laser system 116 having multiple laser lines and may be capable of three-dimensional holographic projection of images for photolithography via holographic projection into cell containing media.
  • FIG.3A illustrates an embodiment of a laser system 116 having a first multi-photon laser source 140a.
  • the laser line one, multi-photon laser beam may be reflected by a spatial light modulator (SLM) with a video rate or faster re-fresh rate for image projection, to allow for rapid changes in the three-dimensional structure being projected.
  • SLMs spatial light modulators
  • the method presented herein may comprise receiving a computer model of the 3D biological material in computer memory and further processing the computer model such that the computer model is “sliced” into layers, creating a two-dimensional (2D) image of each layer.
  • the computer model may be a computer-aided design (CAD) model.
  • the system disclosed herein may comprise at least one computer processor which may be individually or collectively programmed to calculate a laser scan path based on the “sliced” computer model, which determines the boundary contours and/or fill sequences of the 3D biological material to be printed.
  • Holographic 3D printing may be used with one or more polymer precursors described herein.
  • SLM may be used with two or more polymer precursors described herein.
  • a spatial light modulator (SLM) is an electrically programmable device that can modulate amplitude, phase, polarization, propagation direction, intensity or any combination thereof of light waves in space and time according to a fixed spatial (i.e., pixel) pattern.
  • the SLM may be based on translucent, e.g. liquid crystal display (LCD) microdisplays.
  • LCD liquid crystal display
  • the SLM may be based on reflective, e.g. liquid crystal on silicon (LCOS) microdisplays.
  • the SLM may be a microchannel spatial light modulator (MSLM), a parallel-aligned nematic liquid crystal spatial light modulator (PAL-SLM), a programmable phase modulator (PPM), a phase spatial light modulator (LCOS-SLM), or any combination thereof.
  • An LCOS-SLM may comprise a chip that includes a liquid crystal layer arranged on top of a silicon substrate.
  • a circuit may be built on the chip’s silicon substrate by using semiconductor technology.
  • a top layer of the LCOS-SLM chip may contain aluminum electrodes that are able to control their voltage potential independently.
  • a glass substrate may be placed on the silicon substrate while keeping a constant gap, which is filled by the liquid crystal material.
  • the liquid crystal molecules may be aligned in parallel by the alignment control technology provided in the silicon and glass substrates.
  • the electric field across this liquid crystal layer can be controlled pixel by pixel.
  • the phase of light can be modulated by controlling the electric field; a change in the electric field may cause the liquid crystal molecules to tilt accordingly.
  • the liquid crystal refractive indexes may change further changing the optical path length and thus, causing a phase difference.
  • An SLM may be used to print the 3D biological material.
  • a liquid crystal on silicon (LCOS)-SLM may be used to print the 3D biological material.
  • a liquid crystal SLM may be used to print the 3D biological material.
  • the SLM may be used to project a point-cloud representation or a lines-based representation of a computer model of the 3D biological material.
  • the methods disclosed herein may comprise converting the point-cloud representation or lines-based representation into a holographic image.
  • the SLM may be used to project the holographic image of the computer model of the 3D biological material.
  • the SLM may be used to modulate the phase of light of a point-cloud representation or a lines-based representation of a computer model of the 3D biological material.
  • the SLM may be used to modulate the phase of light of the holographic image of the computer model of the 3D biological material.
  • Projection of multi-photon excitation in three dimensions may also be achieved with the use of a dual digital micromirror device (DMD) system alone or in combination with a spatial light modulator (SLM).
  • DMD digital micromirror device
  • SLM spatial light modulator
  • a pair of DMDs may be used with a pair of SLMs to print a 3D material using the methods described herein.
  • At least one SLM and at least one DMD may be used to print a 3D material using the methods described herein.
  • a pair of SLMs may be used to print a 3D material using the methods described herein.
  • a pair of DMDs may be used to print a 3D material using the methods described herein.
  • At least one SLM may be used to print a 3D material using the methods described herein.
  • At least one DMD may be used to print a 3D material using the methods described herein.
  • a DMD is an electrical input, optical output micro-electrical-mechanical system (MEMS) that allows for high speed, efficient, and reliable spatial light modulation.
  • MEMS micro-electrical-mechanical system
  • a DMD may comprise a plurality of microscopic mirrors (usually in the order of hundreds of thousands or millions) arranged in a rectangular array. Each microscopic mirror in a DMD may correspond to a pixel of the image to be displayed and can be rotated about e.g.10-12° to an “on” or “off” state. In the “on” state, light from a projector bulb can be reflected into the microscopic mirror making its corresponding pixel appear bright on a screen.
  • the microscopic mirrors in a DMD may be composed of highly reflective aluminum and their length across is approximately 16 micrometers ( ⁇ m).
  • Each microscopic mirror may be built on top of an associated semiconductor memory cell and mounted onto a yoke which in turn is connected to a pair of support posts via torsion hinges.
  • the degree of motion of each microscopic mirror may be controlled by loading each underlying semiconductor memory cell with a “1” or a “0.” Next, a voltage is applied, which may cause each microscopic mirror to be electrostatically deflected about the torsion hinge to the associated +/- degree state via electrostatic attraction.
  • the addition of an optional beam expander followed by a Bessel beam generating lens that is either a fixed axicon or a tunable acoustic gradient (TAG) lens may be added to alter the properties of the laser to achieve higher resolution and greater tissue printing depth, particularly in turbid solutions.
  • the laser line which may include the optional beam expander and/or Bessel beam generating lens, is directed with fast switch mirrors to distinct projection systems that have material advantages in the formation of specific structures associated with tissue printing.
  • a high resolution DMD mirror in conjunction with an SLM system may achieve higher axial resolution than is capable with two SLM systems.
  • a laser line may be used with a single DMD or SLM system in conjunction with a mirror to allow for scan-less projection of a two-dimensional image in any of the axial planes.
  • a 3D projection pattern may also be raster-scanned across a larger field of view by scan mirrors where in laser emission patterns, wavelength, and or power is controlled to match the raster scan speed such that a cohesive and complex structure may be deposited.
  • the configurations may be any combination of dual SLM, dual DMD, single SLM, single DMD or simple planar scanning.
  • one or more light paths such as the ones shown in FIGs.3A-3C, may be used independently or in concert.
  • the lenses, gratings, and mirrors that focus and distribute the light or energy beam within the optical path may be placed between the primary, wave-front shaping elements necessary to distribute the light through key elements or modulate incoming light in the case of a grating, as described in FIG.3A.
  • At least one grating or mirror may be placed between wave-front shaping elements “F” (i.e., between an SLM, a DMD, and/or a TAG lens) for the purpose of focusing, distributing, or clipping the input laser light.
  • the optical wave-front shaping device F may comprise an SLM, an LCOS-SLM, a DMD, a TAG lens, or any combination thereof.
  • a DMD may be used to print a 3D biological material.
  • the DMD may be used to project a point-cloud representation or a lines-based representation of a computer model of the 3D biological material.
  • the methods disclosed herein may comprise converting the point-cloud representation or lines-based representation into a holographic image.
  • the DMD may be used to project the holographic image of the computer model of the 3D biological material.
  • the DMD may be used to print the 3D biological material.
  • a combination of at least one SLM and at least one DMD may be used in the methods disclosed herein to print the 3D biological material.
  • the combination of at least one SLM and at least one DMD may be arranged in series.
  • the combination of at least one SLM and at least one DMD may be arranged in parallel.
  • the combination of any number of SLMs and any number of DMDs may be arranged in series when used to print the 3D biological material.
  • the combination of any number of SLMs and any number of DMDs may be arranged in parallel when used to print the 3D biological material.
  • the combination of at least two SLMs and at least one DMD may be used to print the 3D biological material.
  • the combination of at least three SLMs and at least one DMD may be used to print the 3D biological material.
  • the combination of at least four SLMs and at least one DMD may be used to print the 3D biological material.
  • the combination of at least five SLMs and at least one DMD may be used to print the 3D biological material.
  • the combination of at least ten SLMs and at least one DMD may be used to print the 3D biological material.
  • the combination of at least twenty SLMs and at least one DMD may be used to print the 3D biological material.
  • the combination of at least one SLM and at least two DMDs may be used to print the 3D biological material.
  • the combination of at least one SLM and at least three DMDs may be used to print the 3D biological material.
  • the combination of at least one SLM and at least four DMDs may be used to print the 3D biological material.
  • the combination of at least one SLM and at least five DMDs may be used to print the 3D biological material.
  • the combination of at least one SLM and at least ten DMDs may be used to print the 3D biological material.
  • the combination of at least one SLM and at least twenty DMDs may be used to print the 3D biological material.
  • the combination of at least two SLMs and at least two DMDs may be used to print the 3D biological material.
  • the combination of at least three SLMs and at least three DMDs may be used to print the 3D biological material.
  • the combination of at least four SLMs and at least four DMDs may be used to print the 3D biological material.
  • the combination of at least five SLMs and at least five DMDs may be used to print the 3D biological material.
  • the combination of at least ten SLMs and at least ten DMDs may be used to print the 3D biological material.
  • the combination of at least twenty SLMs and at least twenty DMDs may be used to print the 3D biological material.
  • a liquid crystal SLM may be used to print the 3D biological material.
  • a plurality of SLMs may be used to print the 3D biological material.
  • the plurality of SLMs can be arranged in series.
  • the plurality of SLMs can be arranged in parallel.
  • At least one or more SLMs may be used to print the 3D biological material.
  • At least two or more SLMs may be used to print the 3D biological material.
  • At least three or more SLMs may be used to print the 3D biological material.
  • At least four or more SLMs may be used to print the 3D biological material. At least five or more SLMs may be used to print the 3D biological material. At least ten or more SLMs may be used to print the 3D biological material. At least twenty or more SLMs may be used to print the 3D biological material. At least one to about fifty or more SLMs may be used to print the 3D biological material. At least one to about twenty or more SLMs may be used to print the 3D biological material. At least one to about fifteen or more SLMs may be used to print the 3D biological material. At least one to about ten or more SLMs may be used to print the 3D biological material. At least one to about five or more SLMs may be used to print the 3D biological material.
  • a plurality of DMDs may be used to print the 3D biological material.
  • the plurality of DMDs can be arranged in series.
  • the plurality of DMDs can be arranged in parallel.
  • At least one or more DMDs may be used to print the 3D biological material.
  • At least two or more DMDs may be used to print the 3D biological material.
  • At least three or more DMDs may be used to print the 3D biological material.
  • At least four or more DMDs may be used to print the 3D biological material.
  • At least five or more DMDs may be used to print the 3D biological material.
  • At least ten or more DMDs may be used to print the 3D biological material.
  • At least twenty or more DMDs may be used to print the 3D biological material.
  • At least one to about fifty or more DMDs may be used to print the 3D biological material. At least one to about twenty or more DMDs may be used to print the 3D biological material. At least one to about fifteen or more DMDs may be used to print the 3D biological material. At least one to about ten or more DMDs may be used to print the 3D biological material. At least one to about five or more DMDs may be used to print the 3D biological material.
  • SLM may refer to liquid crystal SLM and the function of the DMD may be similar to the SLM. These lasers may be controlled by one or more computer inputs to address location and print timing of multiple laser lines.
  • FIG.3A An example overall design for the light path, including optional in-series excitations paths is illustrated in FIG.3A along with further description of the elements provided in Table 1. Because of the extensive pulse-width between packets of two photon excitation light, any combination of these laser lines, which may be non- interfering, may be used simultaneously for printing and printing with simultaneous imaging. This may permit the interference between the beams to be substantially low such that the beams to not intersect. Therefore, the use of multiple laser lines with minimal to no interference is possible as illustrated in FIGs.3B-3C along with further description of the elements also provided in Table 1.
  • the group delay dispersion optical element in this configuration may be used to disperse two-photon packets such that the peak power output does not damage a fiber optic cable if one is to be used in certain configurations.
  • group delay dispersion can concentrate photons into shorter pulse-widths such that more energy is imparted at the focal point or in the projected image allowing for more rapid printing.
  • Two photon excitation pulses may be temporally controlled such that excitation at a single spot occurs with pulses that are femto- to nanosecond range in length (dependent on laser tuning) while the timing between these photon packets is three to six orders of magnitude longer than the pulse width.
  • Multi- photon lasers are tunable; thus, they may allow for a range of wavelengths to be selected. This is advantageous in tissue printing wherein different photoinitiators for polymerization that respond to different wavelengths may be used in combination or in series to prevent unwanted polymerization of left-over materials. Therefore, each of these laser lines may be tuned to a different multi-photon output wavelength, may have different peak power output, and may project a different element of the CAD image that comprises the tissue structure. Table 1. Element descriptions for FIGS.3A-3C
  • FIGs.4A-4B demonstrates the placement of an optional beam expander prior to the axicon or tunable acoustic gradient (TAG) lens.
  • TAG tunable acoustic gradient
  • a lens may be used to either widen or pre-focus the laser after the dual SLM or DMD combination.
  • a laser attenuation device or filtering wheel that is computer controlled may be added prior to focusing optics to control the laser power output at the site of printing.
  • FIG.4C illustrates a laser source A projecting a laser beam onto a beam collector B.
  • the laser beam may be directed to an optical TAG or axicon C and further to a movable, single SLM or DMD D for 2D x, y sheet projection for collagen net printing around cells and resultant structures printed with given Z-steps.
  • the laser beam may be directed from the SLM or DMD D into a mirror G and then reflected onto the print head optics H.
  • a two-dimensional (2D) projection may be created with a single SLM with a z-motor-stepped movement that matches the frame rate of the projection.
  • Two-dimensional video projection of the z-stack slice may be achieved with a single DMD or a single SLM that is timed with z-movement such that each step projects a distinct image printing a 2D image from the top down.
  • a complex structure may be projected from the side, bottom up, or a different articulation and slice by slice, 2D projected and printed using either multi-photon or alternative laser excitation source.
  • the source of CAD images F may be directed from the computer E into the system.
  • the system may comprise a motorized stage I that may match the step rate (millisecond to second) and the step size of a Z-projection.
  • the step size may be in the order of microns to nanometers.
  • FIG.12 illustrates the optical components and the optical path of an embodiment of the three-dimensional printing system.
  • the optical components and the optical path shown in FIG.12 may provide a three-dimensional printing system that may not use temporal focusing.
  • the three-dimensional printing system may comprise an energy source 1000.
  • the energy source 1000 may be a coherent light source.
  • the energy source 1000 may be a laser light.
  • the energy source 1000 may be a femto-second pulsed laser light source.
  • the energy source 1000 may be a first laser source 140a, a second laser source 140b, or a third laser source 140c.
  • the energy source 1000 may be a multi-photon laser beam 120.
  • the energy source 1000 may be a two- photon laser beam.
  • the energy source 1000 may be controlled by a computer system 1101.
  • the energy source 1000 may be tuned by a computer system 1101.
  • the computer system 1101 may control and/or set the energy wavelength of the energy source 1000 prior to or during the printing process. They computer system 1101 may produce different excitation wavelengths by setting the wavelength of the energy source 1000.
  • the energy source 1000 may be pulsed.
  • the energy source 1000 may be pulsed at a rate of about 500 kilohertz (kHz).
  • the energy source 1000 (e.g., laser) may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) from about at least 1 micro joule ( ⁇ J) to 1,000,000 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) from about at least 1 micro joule ( ⁇ J) to 100,000 ⁇ J or more.
  • the energy source 1000 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) from about at least 1 micro joule ( ⁇ J) to 1,000 ⁇ J or more.
  • the energy source 1000 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) from about at least 10 micro joule ( ⁇ J) to 100 ⁇ J or more.
  • the energy source 1000 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) from about at least 1 micro joule ( ⁇ J) to 50 ⁇ J or more.
  • the energy source 1000 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) from about at least 1 micro joule ( ⁇ J) to 50 ⁇ J or more.
  • the energy source 1000 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) from about at least 40 micro joule ( ⁇ J) to 80 ⁇ J or more.
  • the energy source 1000 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 10 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1000 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 20 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1000 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 30 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1000 (e.g., laser) may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 40 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 50 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1000 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 60 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1000 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 70 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1000 (e.g., laser) may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 80 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 90 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1000 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 100 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1000 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 110 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1000 (e.g., laser) may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 120 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 130 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1000 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 140 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1000 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 150 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1000 (e.g., laser) may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 160 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 170 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1000 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 180 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1000 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 190 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1000 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 20,000 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1000 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 100,000 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1000 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 1,000,000 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1000 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1000 may provide an energy beam (e.g., light beam) having a wavelength from e.g. about at least 300 nm to about 5 mm or more.
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength of about at least 600 to about 1500 nm or more.
  • the energy source 1000 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength from about at least 350 nm to about 1800 nm or more.
  • the energy source 1000 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength from about at least 1800 nm to about 5 mm or more.
  • the energy source 1000 (e.g., laser) may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength of about 300 nm.
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength of about 400 nm.
  • the energy source 1000 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength of about 600 nm.
  • the energy source 1000 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength of about 700 nm.
  • the energy source 1000 (e.g., laser) may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength of about 800 nm.
  • the energy source 1000 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength of about 900 nm.
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength of about 1000 nm.
  • the energy source 1000 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength of about 1100 nm.
  • the energy source 1000 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength of about 1200 nm.
  • the energy source 1000 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength of about 1300 nm.
  • the energy source 1000 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength of about 1500 nm.
  • the energy source 1000 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength of about 1600 nm.
  • the energy source 1000 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength of about 1700 nm.
  • the energy source 1000 (e.g., laser) may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength of about 1800 nm.
  • the energy source 1000 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength of about 2000 nm.
  • the energy source 1000 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength of about 3000 nm.
  • the energy source 1000 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength of about 4000 nm.
  • the energy source 1000 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1000 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength of about 5000 nm. [00193]
  • the energy source 1000 may project a laser beam 1002 through a shutter 1004.
  • Rotating half-wave plates may be transparent plates with a specific amount of birefringence that may be used mostly for manipulating the polarization state of light beams.
  • Rotating half-wave plates may have a slow axis and a fast axis (i.e., two polarization directions), which may be both perpendicular to the direction of the laser beam 1002.
  • the rotating half-wave plate 1006 may alter the polarization state of the laser beam 1002
  • the difference in phase delay may correspond to a propagation phase shift over a distance of rotating quarter-wave plate may be used.
  • the rotating half-wave plate 1006 may be a true zero- order wave plate, a low order wave plate, or a multiple-order wave plate.
  • the rotating half- wave plate 1006 may be composed of crystalline quartz (SiO 2 ), calcite (CaCO 3 ), magnesium fluoride (MgF 2 ), sapphire (Al 2 O 3 ), mica, or a birefringent polymer.
  • the laser beam 1002 may exit the rotating half-wave plate 1006 and may be directed through a polarizing beam splitter 1008.
  • the polarizing beam splitter 1008 may split the laser beam 1002 into a first laser beam 1002a and a second laser beam 1002b.
  • the first laser beam 1002a may be directed to a beam dump 1010.
  • the beam dump 1010 is an optical element that may be used to absorb stray portions of a laser beam.
  • the beam dump 1010 may absorb the first laser beam 1002a.
  • the first laser beam 1002a may be a stray laser beam.
  • the beam dump 1010 may absorb the second laser beam 1002b.
  • the second laser beam 1002b may be a stray laser beam.
  • the laser beam 1002 may be directed into the beam dump 1010 in its entirety and thus, may serve as a default “off” state of the printing system.
  • the second laser beam 1002b may be directed to a beam expander 1012.
  • the beam expander 1012 may expand the size of the laser beam 1002b.
  • the beam expander 1012 may increase the diameter of the input second laser beam 1002b to a larger diameter of an output, expanded laser beam 1054.
  • the beam expander 1012 may be a prismatic beam expander.
  • the beam expander 1012 may be a telescopic beam expander.
  • the beam expander 1012 may be a multi-prism beam expander.
  • the beam expander 1012 may be a Galilean beam expander.
  • the beam expander 1012 may provide a beam expander power of about 2X, 3X, 5X, 10X, 20X, or 40X.
  • the beam expander 1012 may provide a beam expander power ranging from about 2X to about 5X.
  • the beam expander 1012 may provide continuous beam expansion between about 2X and about 5X.
  • the beam expander 1012 may provide a beam expander power ranging from about 5X to about 10X.
  • the beam expander 1012 may provide continuous beam expansion between about 5X and about 10X.
  • the expanded laser beam 1054 may be collimated upon exiting the beam expander 1012. [00195] After exiting the beam expander 1012, the expanded laser beam 1054 may be directed to a first mirror 1014a, which may re-direct the expanded laser beam 1054 to a spatial light modulator (SLM) 1016.
  • the SLM 1016 may be controlled by a computer system 1101.
  • the SLM 1016 may be directed to project a specific image or a specific portion of an image of a material to be printed using the methods and systems disclosed herein.
  • the material to be printed may be a biological material.
  • the biological material may be a three-dimensional biological material.
  • the specific image or the specific portion of the image may be one- dimensional, two-dimensional, and/or three-dimensional.
  • the SLM 1016 may be directed to project at least one image simultaneously in different wavelengths of light.
  • the SLM 1016 may be directed to project different aspects of the material to be printed with the use of mirrors instead of with the use of a computer system 1101. In some cases, at least one mirror may be used to re-direct or turn “off” or “on” a particular light path or laser beam in order to print different aspects or portions of the material to be printed.
  • the expanded laser beam 1054 After exiting the SLM 1016, the expanded laser beam 1054 may be directed to an f1 lens 1018.
  • the f1 lens 1018 may be a focusing lens.
  • the expanded laser beam 1054 may be directed to blocking element 1020.
  • the blocking element 1020 may be immovable.
  • the blocking element 1020 may suppress illumination from a zero- order spot.
  • a zero-order may be a part of the energy from the expanded laser beam 1054 that is not diffracted and behaves according to the laws or reflection and refraction.
  • the expanded energy beam 1054 may be directed through an f2 lens 1022.
  • the f2 lens may be a focusing lens.
  • the expanded laser beam 1054 may be directed onto a second mirror 1014b and may be subsequently directed onto a third mirror 1014c.
  • the third mirror 1014c may re-direct the expanded laser beam 1054 through a long pass dichroic mirror 1024.
  • the first mirror 1014a, the second mirror 1014b, and/or the third mirror 1014c may comprise an infrared (IR) coating to improve reflectance.
  • the first mirror 1014a, the second mirror 1014b, and/or the third mirror 1014c may not comprise an infrared (IR) coating.
  • IR coatings include protected gold-based coatings and protected silver- based coatings.
  • the first mirror 1014a, the second mirror 1014b, and/or the third mirror 1014c may be controlled with a computer system 1101.
  • the computer system 1101 may turn the first mirror 1014a, the second mirror 1014b, and/or the third mirror 1014c “on” or “off” in order to re-direct the expanded laser beam 1054 as desired.
  • the dichroic mirror may be a short pass dichroic mirror.
  • the long pass dichroic mirror 1024 may reflect the expanded laser beam 1054 into the focusing objective 1032.
  • a beam combiner may be used to re-direct the expanded laser beam 1054 into the focusing objective 1032 instead of using the long pass dichroic mirror 1024.
  • the long pass dichroic mirror 1024 may be controlled with a computer system 1101 to re-direct the expanded laser beam 1054 into the focusing objective 1032.
  • the focusing objective 1032 may concentrate the expanded laser beam 1054 as it is projected into the printing chamber 1034.
  • the printing chamber 1034 may be a media chamber 122.
  • the printing chamber 1034 may comprise a cell- containing medium, a plurality of cells, cell constituents (e.g., organelles), and/or at least one polymer precursor.
  • a light-emitting diode (LED) collimator 1040 may be used as a source of collimated LED light 1056.
  • the LED collimator 1040 may comprise a collimating lens and an LED emitter.
  • the LED may be an inorganic LED, a high brightness LED, a quantum dot LED, or an organic LED.
  • the LED may be a single color LED, a bi-color LED, or a tri-color LED.
  • the LED may be a blue LED, an ultraviolet LED, a white LED, an infrared LED, a red LED, an orange LED, a yellow LED, a green LED, a violet LED, a pink LED, or a purple LED.
  • the LED collimator 1040 may project a beam of collimated LED light 1056 through an f4 lens 1038.
  • the f4 lens 1038 may be a focusing lens.
  • the collimated LED light 1056 may be directed into a light focusing objective 1036.
  • the light focusing objective 1036 may focus the collimated LED light 1056 into the printing chamber 1034.
  • the light focusing objective 1036 may focus the collimated LED light 1056 in the sample medium.
  • the light focusing objective 1036 may focus the collimated LED light 1056 in the cell-containing medium.
  • the collimated LED light 1056 may be transmitted through the printing chamber 1034 and into the focusing objective 1032. Once the collimated LED light 1056 exits the focusing objective 1032, the collimated LED light 1056 may be directed onto the long pass dichroic mirror 1024.
  • the collimated LED light 1056 that is reflected off of the long pass dichroic mirror 1024 may be the sample emission 1026.
  • the long pass dichroic mirror 1024 may re-direct the sample emission 1026 into an f3 lens 1028.
  • the f3 lens 1028 may be a focusing lens.
  • a detection system 1030 detects and/or collects the sample emission 1026 for imaging.
  • the detection system 1030 may comprise at least one photomultiplier tube (PMT).
  • the detection system 1030 may comprise at least one camera.
  • the camera may be a complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) camera, a scientific CMOS camera, a charge-coupled device (CCD) camera, or an electron-multiplying charge-coupled device (EM- CCD).
  • the detection system 1030 may comprise at least one array-based detector.
  • FIG.13 illustrates the optical components and the optical path of yet another embodiment of the three-dimensional printing system.
  • the optical components and the optical path shown in FIG.13 provide a three-dimensional printing system that may use temporal focusing.
  • the three-dimensional printing system may comprise an energy source 1100.
  • the energy source 1100 may be a coherent light source.
  • the energy source 1100 may be a laser light.
  • the energy source 1100 may be a femto-second pulsed laser light source.
  • the energy source 1100 may be a first laser source 140a, a second laser source 140b, or a third laser source 140c.
  • the energy source 1100 may be a multi-photon laser beam 120.
  • the energy source 1100 may be a two-photon laser beam.
  • the energy source 1100 may be controlled by a computer system 1101.
  • the energy source 1100 may be tuned by a computer system 1101.
  • the computer system 1101 may control and/or set the energy wavelength of the energy source 1100 prior to or during the printing process. They computer system 1101 may produce different excitation wavelengths by setting the wavelength of the energy source 1100.
  • the energy source 1100 may be pulsed.
  • the energy source 1100 may be pulsed at a rate of about 500 kilohertz (kHz).
  • the energy source 1100 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) from about at least 1 micro joule ( ⁇ J) to 1,000,000 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1100 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1100 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) from about at least 1 micro joule ( ⁇ J) to 100,000 ⁇ J or more.
  • the energy source 1100 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1100 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) from about at least 1 micro joule ( ⁇ J) to 100 ⁇ J or more.
  • the energy source 1100 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1100 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) from about at least 10 micro joule ( ⁇ J) to 100 ⁇ J or more.
  • the energy source 1100 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1100 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) from about at least 1 micro joule ( ⁇ J) to 20 ⁇ J or more.
  • the energy source 1100 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1100 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) from about at least 1 micro joule ( ⁇ J) to 50 ⁇ J or more.
  • the energy source 1100 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1100 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) from about at least 120 micro joule ( ⁇ J) to 160 ⁇ J or more.
  • the energy source 1100 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1100 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 10 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1100 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1100 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 30 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1100 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1100 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 40 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1100 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1100 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 50 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1100 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1100 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 70 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1100 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1100 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 80 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1100 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1100 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 90 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1100 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1100 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 110 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1100 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1100 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 120 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1100 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1100 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 130 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1100 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1100 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 150 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1100 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1100 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 160 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1100 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1100 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 170 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1100 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 180 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1100 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 190 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1100 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1100 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 200 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1100 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1100 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 20,000 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1100 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1100 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet).
  • the energy source 1100 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1100 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength from about 300 nm to 5 mm, 600 nm to 1500 nm, 350 nm to 1800 nm, or 1800 nm to 5 mm.
  • the energy source 1100 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength of at least about 300 nm, 400 nm, 500 nm, 600 nm, 700 nm, 800 nm, 900 nm, 1 mm, 1.1 mm, 1.2, mm, 1.3 mm, 1.4 mm, 1.5 mm, 1.6 mm, 1.7 mm, 1.8 mm, 1.9 mm, 2 mm, 3 mm, 4 mm, 5 mm, or greater.
  • the energy source 1100 may project a laser beam 1102 through a shutter 1104.
  • the laser beam 1102 may be directed through a rotating half-wave plate 1106.
  • the rotating half-wave plate 1106 may alter the polarization state of the laser beam 1102 such that the difference in phase delay between the the system disclosed herein; for example, a rotating quarter-wave plate may be used.
  • the rotating half-wave plate 1106 may be a true zero-order wave plate, a low order wave plate, or a multiple-order wave plate.
  • the rotating half-wave plate 1106 may be composed of crystalline quartz (SiO2), calcite (CaCO3), magnesium fluoride (MgF2), sapphire (Al2O3), mica, or a birefringent polymer.
  • the laser beam 1102 may exit the rotating half-wave plate 1106 and may be directed through a polarizing beam splitter 1108.
  • the polarizing beam splitter 1108 may split the laser beam 1102 into a first laser beam 1102a and a second laser beam 1102b.
  • the first laser beam 1102a may be directed to a beam dump 1110.
  • the beam dump 1110 is an optical element that may be used to absorb stray portions of a laser beam.
  • the beam dump 1110 may absorb the first laser beam 1102a.
  • the first laser beam 1102a may be a stray laser beam.
  • the beam dump 1110 may absorb the second laser beam 1102b.
  • the second laser beam 1102b may be a stray laser beam.
  • the laser beam 1102 may be directed into the beam dump 1110 in its entirety and thus, may serve as a default “off” state of the printing system.
  • the second laser beam 1102b may be directed to a beam expander 1112.
  • the beam expander 1112 may expand the size of the second laser beam 1102b.
  • the beam expander 1112 may increase the diameter of the input, second laser beam 1102b to a larger diameter of an output, expanded laser beam 1154.
  • the beam expander 1112 may be a prismatic beam expander.
  • the beam expander 1112 may be a telescopic beam expander.
  • the beam expander 1112 may be a multi-prism beam expander.
  • the beam expander 1112 may be a Galilean beam expander.
  • the beam expander 1112 may provide a beam expander power of about 2X, 3X, 5X, 10X, 20X, or 40X.
  • the beam expander 1112 may provide a beam expander power ranging from about 2X to about 5X.
  • the beam expander 1112 may provide continuous beam expansion between about 2X and about 5X.
  • the beam expander 1112 may provide a beam expander power ranging from about 5X to about 10X.
  • the beam expander 1112 may provide continuous beam expansion between about 5X and about 10X.
  • the expanded laser beam 1154 may be collimated upon exiting the beam expander 1112.
  • the expanded laser beam 1154 may be directed to a first mirror 1114a, which may re-direct the expanded laser beam 1154 to a first spatial light modulator (SLM) 1116a.
  • SLM spatial light modulator
  • the expanded laser beam 1154 may be directed to an f1 lens 1118.
  • the f1 lens 1118 may be a focusing lens.
  • the expanded laser beam 1154 may be directed to a grating 1142.
  • the grating 1142 may be a diffractive laser beam splitter.
  • the grating 1142 may be a holographic grating.
  • the grating 1142 may be a ruled grating.
  • the grating 1142 may be a subwavelength grating.
  • the grating 1142 may split and/or diffract the expanded laser beam 1154 into a plurality of expanded laser beams (not shown in FIG.13).
  • the grating 1142 may act as a dispersive element.
  • the expanded laser beam 1154 may be transmitted through an f2 lens 1122.
  • the f2 lens 1122 may be a focusing lens. After exiting the f2 lens 1122, the expanded laser beam 1154 may be directed to a second SLM 1116b.
  • the SLMs may be controlled by a computer system 1101.
  • the SLMs may perform all of the functions, as described supra, of the SLM 1016 presented in FIG.12.
  • the expanded laser beam 1154 may be directed to an f3 lens 1128.
  • the f3 lens 1128 may be a focusing lens.
  • the expanded laser beam 1154 may be directed to blocking element 1120.
  • the blocking element 1120 may be immovable.
  • the blocking element 1120 may be used to suppress illumination from a zero-order spot.
  • the expanded energy beam 1154 may be directed through an f4 lens 1138.
  • the f4 lens 1138 may be a focusing lens. After exiting the f4 lens 1138, the expanded laser beam 1154 may be directed onto a second mirror 1114b and may be subsequently directed onto a third mirror 1114c. The third mirror 1114c may re-direct the expanded laser beam 1154 through a long pass dichroic mirror 1124.
  • the first mirror 1114a, the second mirror 1114b, and/or the third mirror 1114c may be controlled with a computer system 1101.
  • the computer system 1101 may turn the first mirror 1114a, the second mirror 1114b, and/or the third mirror 1114c “on” or “off” in order to re-direct the expanded laser beam 1154 as desired.
  • the dichroic mirror may be a short pass dichroic mirror.
  • the long pass dichroic mirror 1124 may reflect the expanded laser beam 1154 into the focusing objective 1132.
  • a beam combiner may be used to re-direct the expanded laser beam 1154 into the focusing objective 1132 instead of using the long pass dichroic mirror 1124.
  • the long pass dichroic mirror 1124 may be controlled with a computer system 1101 to re-direct the expanded laser beam 1154 into the focusing objective 1132.
  • the focusing objective 1132 may concentrate the expanded laser beam 1154 as it is projected into the printing chamber 1134.
  • the printing chamber 1134 may be a media chamber 122.
  • the printing chamber 1134 may comprise a cell-containing medium, a plurality of cells, cell constituents (e.g., organelles), and/or at least one polymer precursor.
  • the printing chamber 1134 may be mounted on a movable stage 1146.
  • the movable stage 1146 may be an xy stage, a z stage, and/or an xyz stage.
  • the movable stage 1146 may be manually positioned.
  • the movable stage 1146 may be automatically positioned.
  • the movable stage 1146 may be a motorized stage.
  • the movable stage 1146 may be controlled by the computer system 1101.
  • the computer system 1101 may control the movement of the movable stage 1146 in the x, y, and/or z directions.
  • the computer system 1101 may automatically position the movable stage 1146 in a desired x, y, and/or z position.
  • the computer system 1101 may position the movable stage 1146 in a desired x, y, and/or z position with a positional accuracy of at most about 3 ⁇ m.
  • the computer system 1101 may position the movable stage 1146 in a desired x, y, and/or z position with a positional accuracy of at most about 2 ⁇ m.
  • the computer system 1101 may position the movable stage 1146 in a desired x, y, and/or z position with a positional accuracy of at most about 1 ⁇ m.
  • the computer system 1101 may automatically adjust the position of the movable stage 1146 prior or during three-dimensional printing.
  • the computer system 1101 may comprise a piezoelectric (piezo) controller to provide computer-controlled z-axis (i.e., vertical direction) positioning and active location feedback.
  • the computer system 1101 may comprise a joystick console to enable a user to control a position of the movable stage 1146.
  • the joystick console may be a z-axis console and/or an x- axis and y-axis console.
  • the movable stage 1146 may comprise a printing chamber holder.
  • the printing chamber holder may be a bracket, a clip, and/or a recessed sample holder.
  • the movable stage 1146 may comprise a multi-slide holder, a slide holder, and/or a petri dish holder.
  • the movable stage 1146 may comprise a sensor to provide location feedback.
  • the sensor may be a capacitive sensor.
  • the sensor may be a piezoresistive sensor.
  • the movable stage 1146 may comprise at least one actuator (e.g., piezoelectric actuator) that moves (or positions) the movable stage 1146.
  • a light-emitting diode (LED) collimator 1140 may be used as a source of collimated LED light 1156.
  • the LED collimator 1140 may comprise a collimating lens and an LED emitter.
  • the LED may be an inorganic LED, a high brightness LED, a quantum dot LED, or an organic LED.
  • the LED may be a single color LED, a bi-color LED, or a tri-color LED.
  • the LED may be a blue LED, an ultraviolet LED, a white LED, an infrared LED, a red LED, an orange LED, a yellow LED, a green LED, a violet LED, a pink LED, or a purple LED.
  • the LED collimator 1140 may project a beam of collimated LED light 1156 through an f6 lens 1148.
  • the f6 lens 1148 may be a focusing lens. Once the collimated LED light 1156 is transmitted through the f6 lens 1148, the collimated LED light 1156 may be directed into a light focusing objective 1136.
  • the light focusing objective 1136 may focus the collimated LED light 1156 into the printing chamber 1134.
  • the light focusing objective 1136 may focus the collimated LED light 1156 in the sample medium.
  • the light focusing objective 1136 may focus the collimated LED light 1156 in the cell-containing medium.
  • the collimated LED light 1156 may be transmitted through the printing chamber 1134 and into the focusing objective 1132. Once the collimated LED light 1156 exits the focusing objective 1132, the collimated LED light 1156 may be directed onto the long pass dichroic mirror 1124.
  • the collimated LED light 1156 that is reflected off of the long pass dichroic mirror 1124 may be the sample emission 1126.
  • the long pass dichroic mirror 1124 may re-direct the sample emission 1126 into an f5 lens 1144.
  • the f5 lens 1144 may be a focusing lens.
  • a detection system 1130 detects and/or collects the sample emission 1126 for imaging.
  • the detection system 1130 may comprise at least one photomultiplier tube (PMT).
  • the detection system 1130 may comprise at least one camera.
  • the camera may be a complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) camera, a scientific CMOS camera, a charge-coupled device (CCD) camera, or an electron-multiplying charge-coupled device (EM- CCD).
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide semiconductor
  • CCD charge-coupled device
  • EM- CCD electron-multiplying charge-coupled device
  • the detection system 1130 may comprise at least one array-based detector.
  • FIG.14 illustrates the optical components and the optical path of an additional embodiment of the three-dimensional printing system.
  • the optical components and the optical path shown in FIG.14 provide a three-dimensional printing system that may not use temporal focusing.
  • the three-dimensional printing system may comprise an energy source 1200.
  • the energy source 1200 may be a coherent light source.
  • the energy source 1200 may be a laser light.
  • the energy source 1200 may be a femto-second pulsed laser light source.
  • the energy source 1200 may be a first laser source 140a, a second laser source 140b, or a third laser source 140c.
  • the energy source 1200 may be a multi-photon laser beam 120.
  • the energy source 1200 may be controlled by a computer system 1101.
  • the energy source 1200 may be tuned by a computer system 1101.
  • the computer system 1101 may control and/or set the energy wavelength of the energy source 1200 prior to or during the printing process. They computer system 1101 may produce different excitation wavelengths by setting the wavelength of the energy source 1200.
  • the energy source 1200 may be pulsed.
  • the energy source 1200 may be pulsed at a rate of about 500 kilohertz (kHz).
  • the energy source 1200 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) from about at least 1 micro joule ( ⁇ J) to 1,000,000 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) from about at least 1 micro joule ( ⁇ J) to 100,000 ⁇ J or more.
  • the energy source 1200 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) from about at least 1 micro joule ( ⁇ J) to 1,000 ⁇ J or more.
  • the energy source 1200 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) from about at least 10 micro joule ( ⁇ J) to 100 ⁇ J or more.
  • the energy source 1200 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) from about at least 1 micro joule ( ⁇ J) to 50 ⁇ J or more.
  • the energy source 1200 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) from about at least 1 micro joule ( ⁇ J) to 50 ⁇ J or more.
  • the energy source 1200 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) from about at least 40 micro joule ( ⁇ J) to 80 ⁇ J or more.
  • the energy source 1200 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 10 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1200 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 20 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1200 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 30 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1200 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 50 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1200 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 60 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1200 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 70 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1200 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 90 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1200 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 100 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1200 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 110 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1200 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 130 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1200 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 140 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1200 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 150 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1200 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 170 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1200 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 180 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1200 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 190 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1200 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 20,000 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1200 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet) of about 100,000 ⁇ J.
  • the energy source 1200 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having energy packets with pulsed energies (per packet).
  • the energy source 1200 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength from e.g. about at least 300 nm to about 5 mm or more.
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength of about at least 600 to about 1500 nm or more.
  • the energy source 1200 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength from about at least 350 nm to about 1800 nm or more.
  • the energy source 1200 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength from about at least 1800 nm to about 5 mm or more.
  • the energy source 1200 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength of about 400 nm.
  • the energy source 1200 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength of about 600 nm.
  • the energy source 1200 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e g., laser beam) having a wavelength of about 700 nm.
  • the energy source 1200 (e g., laser) may provide energy (e g., laser beam) having a wavelength of about 800 nm.
  • the energy source 1200 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength of about 900 nm.
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e g., laser beam) having a wavelength of about 1200 nm.
  • the energy source 1200 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength of about 1200 nm.
  • the energy source 1200 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength of about 1200 nm.
  • the energy source 1200 (e g., laser) may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength of about 1300 nm.
  • the energy source 1200 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength of about 1500 nm.
  • the energy source 1200 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength of about 1600 nm.
  • the energy source 1200 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength of about 1700 nm.
  • the energy source 1200 (e.g., laser) may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength of about 1800 nm.
  • the energy source 1200 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength of about 1900 nm.
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength of about 2000 nm.
  • the energy source 1200 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength of about 3000 nm.
  • the energy source 1200 e.g., laser
  • the energy source 1200 may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength of about 4000 nm.
  • the energy source 1200 (e.g., laser) may provide energy (e.g., laser beam) having a wavelength of about 5000 nm.
  • the energy source 1200 may project a laser beam 1202 through a shutter 1104. Once the laser beam 1202 exits the shutter 1204, the laser beam 1202 may be directed through a rotating half-wave plate 1206.
  • the rotating half-wave plate 1206 may alter the polarization state of the laser beam 1202 such that the difference in phase delay between the two linear polarization directions is ⁇ .
  • the difference in phase delay may correspond to a propagation phase shift over a distance of ⁇ /2.
  • Other types of wave plates may be utilized with the system disclosed herein; for example, a rotating quarter-wave plate may be used.
  • the rotating half-wave plate 1206 may be a true zero-order wave plate, a low order wave plate, or a multiple-order wave plate.
  • the rotating half-wave plate 1206 may be composed of crystalline quartz (SiO 2 ), calcite (CaCO 3 ), magnesium fluoride (MgF 2 ), sapphire (AI 2 O 3 ), mica, or a birefringent polymer.
  • the laser beam 1202 may exit the rotating half-wave plate 1206 and may be directed through a polarizing beam splitter 1208.
  • the polarizing beam splitter 1208 may split the laser beam 1202 into a first laser beam 1202a and a second laser beam 1202b.
  • the first laser beam 1202a may be directed to a beam dump 1210.
  • the beam dump 1210 is an optical element that may be used to absorb stray portions of a laser beam.
  • the beam dump 1210 may absorb the first laser beam 1202a.
  • the first laser beam 1202a may be a stray laser beam.
  • the beam dump 1210 may absorb the second laser beam 1202b.
  • the second laser beam 1202b may be a stray laser beam.
  • the laser beam 1202 may be directed into the beam dump 1210 in its entirety and thus, may serve as a default “off” state of the printing system.
  • the second laser beam 1202b may be directed to a beam expander 1212.
  • the beam expander 1212 may expand the size of the second laser beam 1202b.
  • the beam expander 1212 may increase the diameter of the input, second laser beam 1202b to a larger diameter of an output, expanded laser beam 1254.
  • the beam expander 1212 may be a prismatic beam expander.
  • the beam expander 1212 may be a telescopic beam expander.
  • the beam expander 1212 may be a multi-prism beam expander.
  • the beam expander 1212 may be a Galilean beam expander.
  • the beam expander 1212 may provide a beam expander power of about 2X, 3X, 5X, 10X, 20X, or 40X.
  • the beam expander 1212 may provide a beam expander power ranging from about 2X to about 5X.
  • the beam expander 1212 may provide continuous beam expansion between about 2X and about 5X.
  • the beam expander 1212 may provide a beam expander power ranging from about 5X to about 10X.
  • the beam expander 1212 may provide continuous beam expansion between about 5X and about 10X.
  • the expanded laser beam 1254 may be collimated upon exiting the beam expander 1212.
  • the expanded laser beam 1254 may be directed to a first mirror 1214a, which may re-direct the expanded laser beam 1254 to a first spatial light modulator (SLM) 1216a.
  • SLM spatial light modulator
  • the expanded laser beam 1254 may be directed to an f1 lens 1218.
  • the f1 lens 1218 may be a focusing lens.
  • the expanded laser beam 1254 may be directed to a mirror with blocking element 1250.
  • the mirror with blocking element 1250 may be used to suppress illumination from a zero-order spot.
  • the expanded laser beam 1254 may be transmitted through an f2 lens 1222.
  • the f2 lens 1222 may be a focusing lens.
  • the expanded laser beam 1254 may be directed to a second SLM 1216b.
  • the SLMs i.e., the first SLM 1216a and the second SLM 1216b
  • the SLMs may be controlled by a computer system 1101.
  • the SLMs may perform all of the functions, as described supra, of the SLM 1016 and the SLM 1116, as presented in FIGs.44 and 45, respectively.
  • the expanded laser beam 1254 may be directed to an f3 lens 1228. After exiting the f3 lens, the expanded laser beam 1254 may be directed to blocking element 1220. The blocking element 1220 may be immovable. The blocking element 1220 may be used to suppress illumination from a zero-order spot. After exiting the blocking element 1220, the expanded energy beam 1254 may be directed through an f4 lens 1238. The f4 lens 1238 may be a focusing lens. After exiting the f4 lens 1238, the expanded laser beam 1254 may be directed onto a second mirror 1214b and may be subsequently directed onto a third mirror 1214c.
  • the third mirror 1214c may re-direct the expanded laser beam 1254 through a long pass dichroic mirror 1224.
  • the first mirror 1214a, the second mirror 1214b, and/or the third mirror 1214c may be controlled with a computer system 1101.
  • the computer system 1101 may turn the first mirror 1214a, the second mirror 1214b, and/or the third mirror 1214c “on” or “off” in order to re-direct the expanded laser beam 1254 as desired.
  • the dichroic mirror may be a short pass dichroic mirror.
  • the long pass dichroic mirror 1224 may reflect the expanded laser beam 1254 into the focusing objective 1232.
  • a beam combiner may be used to re-direct the expanded laser beam 1254 into the focusing objective 1232 instead of using the long pass dichroic mirror 1224.
  • the long pass dichroic mirror 1224 may be controlled with a computer system 1101 to re-direct the expanded laser beam 1254 into the focusing objective 1232.
  • the focusing objective 1232 may concentrate the expanded laser beam 1254 as it is projected into the printing chamber 1234.
  • the printing chamber 1234 may be a media chamber 122.
  • the printing chamber 1234 may comprise a cell-containing medium, a plurality of cells, cell constituents (e.g., organelles), and/or at least one polymer precursor. [00219]
  • the printing chamber 1234 may be mounted on a movable stage 1246.
  • the movable stage 1246 may be an xy stage, a z stage, and/or an xyz stage.
  • the movable stage 1246 may be manually positioned.
  • the movable stage 1246 may be automatically positioned.
  • the movable stage 1246 may be a motorized stage.
  • the movable stage 1246 may be controlled by the computer system 1101.
  • the computer system 1101 may control the movement of the movable stage 1246 in the x, y, and/or z directions.
  • the computer system 1101 may automatically position the movable stage 1246 in a desired x, y, and/or z position.
  • the computer system 1101 may position the movable stage 1246 in a desired x, y, and/or z position with a positional accuracy of at most about 3 ⁇ m.
  • the computer system 1101 may position the movable stage 1246 in a desired x, y, and/or z position with a positional accuracy of at most about 2 ⁇ m.
  • the computer system 1101 may position the movable stage 1246 in a desired x, y, and/or z position with a positional accuracy of at most about 1 ⁇ m.
  • the computer system 1101 may automatically adjust the position of the movable stage 1246 prior or during three-dimensional printing.
  • the computer system 1101 may comprise a piezo controller to provide computer- controlled z-axis (i.e., vertical direction) positioning and active location feedback.
  • the computer system 1101 may comprise a joystick console to enable a user to control a position of the movable stage 1246.
  • the joystick console may be a z-axis console and/or an x-axis and y- axis console.
  • the movable stage 1246 may comprise a printing chamber holder.
  • the printing chamber holder may be a bracket, a clip, and/or a recessed sample holder.
  • the movable stage 1246 may comprise a multi-slide holder, a slide holder, and/or a petri dish holder.
  • the movable stage 1246 may comprise a sensor to provide location feedback.
  • the sensor may be a capacitive sensor.
  • the sensor may be a piezoresistive sensor.
  • the movable stage 1246 may comprise at least one actuator (e.g., piezoelectric actuator) that moves (or positions) the movable stage 1246.
  • a light-emitting diode (LED) collimator 1240 may be used as a source of collimated LED light 1256.
  • the LED collimator 1240 may comprise a collimating lens and an LED emitter.
  • the LED may be an inorganic LED, a high brightness LED, a quantum dot LED, or an organic LED.
  • the LED may be a single color LED, a bi-color LED, or a tri-color LED.
  • the LED may be a blue LED, an ultraviolet LED, a white LED, an infrared LED, a red LED, an orange LED, a yellow LED, a green LED, a violet LED, a pink LED, or a purple LED.
  • the LED collimator 1240 may project a beam of collimated LED light 1256 through an f6 lens 1248.
  • the f6 lens 1248 may be a focusing lens. Once the collimated LED light 1256 is transmitted through the f6 lens 1248, the collimated LED light 1156 may be directed into a light focusing objective 1236.
  • the light focusing objective 1236 may focus the collimated LED light 1256 into the printing chamber 1234.
  • the light focusing objective 1236 may focus the collimated LED light 1256 in the sample medium.
  • the light focusing objective 1236 may focus the collimated LED light 1256 in the cell-containing medium.
  • the collimated LED light 1256 may be transmitted through the printing chamber 1234 and into the focusing objective 1232. Once the collimated LED light 1256 exits the focusing objective 1232, the collimated LED light 1256 may be directed onto the long pass dichroic mirror 1224.
  • the collimated LED light 1256 that is reflected off of the long pass dichroic mirror 1224 may be the sample emission 1226.
  • the long pass dichroic mirror 1224 may re-direct the sample emission 1226 into an f5 lens 1244.
  • the f5 lens may be a focusing lens.
  • a detection system 1230 detects and/or collects the sample emission 1226 for imaging.
  • the detection system 1230 may comprise at least one photomultiplier tube (PMT).
  • the detection system 1230 may comprise at least one camera.
  • the camera may be a complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) camera, a scientific CMOS camera, a charge-coupled device (CCD) camera, or an electron-multiplying charge-coupled device (EM- CCD).
  • the detection system 1230 may comprise at least one array-based detector.
  • FIG.15 illustrates a light detection system 1330.
  • the light detection system 1330 may comprise a plurality of long pass dichroic mirrors arranged in series.
  • the light detection system 1330 may comprise a plurality of long pass dichroic mirrors arranged in parallel.
  • the light detection system 1330 may comprise a plurality of long pass dichroic mirrors arranged in series and parallel.
  • the optical paths may comprise an LED collimator that projects a beam of collimated LED light 1356 onto the focusing objectives. Once the collimated LED light 1356 is reflected from the first long pass dichroic mirror 1324a, the collimated LED light 1356 may be converted to a sample emission 1326.
  • the sample emission 1326 may be directed through an f5 lens 1344.
  • the f5 lens 1344 may be a focusing lens.
  • the sample emission 1326 may be directed to a series of long pass dichroic mirrors comprising a second long pass dichroic mirror 1324b, a third long pass dichroic mirror 1324c, a fourth long pass dichroic mirror 1324d, and a fifth long pass dichroic mirror 1324e, as shown in FIG.15.
  • the sample emission 1326 may be reflected off of the second long pass dichroic mirror 1324b and onto a first light detector 1352a.
  • the sample emission 1326 may be reflected off of the third long pass dichroic mirror 1324c and onto a second light detector 1352b.
  • the sample emission 1326 may be reflected off of the fourth long pass dichroic mirror 1324d and onto a third light detector 1352c.
  • the sample emission 1326 may be reflected off of the fifth long pass dichroic mirror 1324e and onto a fourth light detector 1352d.
  • the sample emission 1326 may be reflected off of the fifth long pass dichroic mirror 1324e and onto a fifth light detector 1352e.
  • the light detector may be a photomultiplier tube (PMT).
  • the light detector may be a camera.
  • the light detector may be a complementary metal- oxide semiconductor (CMOS) camera, a scientific CMOS camera, a charge-coupled device (CCD) camera, or an electron-multiplying charge-coupled device (EM-CCD).
  • CMOS complementary metal- oxide semiconductor
  • CCD charge-coupled device
  • E-CCD electron-multiplying charge-coupled device
  • the light detector may be an array-based detector.
  • the light detection system 1330 may comprise a plurality of long pass dichroic mirrors that have progressively red-shifted cutoff wavelengths.
  • the second long pass dichroic mirror 1324b may have a cutoff wavelength of about 460 nm
  • the third long pass dichroic mirror 1324c may have a cutoff wavelength of about 500 nm
  • the fourth long pass dichroic mirror 1324d may have a cutoff wavelength of about 540 nm
  • the fifth long pass dichroic mirror 1324e may have a cutoff wavelength of about 570 nm.
  • the light detection system 1330 may be controlled by the computer system 1101.
  • the computer system 1101 may collect and/or process the signals obtained by the first light detector 1352a, the second light detector 1352b, the third light detector 1352c, and the fourth light detector 1352d.
  • the computer system 1101 may provide control feedback to the three- dimensional printing system based on the light detector signals, of the light detection system 1330, which may be collected and/or processed by the computer system 1101.
  • the computer system 1101 may have control feedback over any optical component and/or hardware of the optical paths described in FIGs.44-46.
  • the computer system 1101 may have control feedback over any optical component and/or hardware of the light detection system 1330 shown in FIG. 15.
  • the computer system 1101 may control, for example, an SLM, a shutter, a movable stage, a mirror, a lens, a focusing objective, a beam expander, an LED collimator, a grating, and/or a blocking element in response to a signal from the light detection system 1330.
  • FIG.5A illustrates an embodiment of the multi-photon tissue print head 118.
  • the multi-photon print-head 118 may receive the multi-photon laser beam 120 (comprising one or more wavelengths) from the laser system 116 and may focus the beam 120 through the final optical path with is comprised of finishing optics that are comprised of an optional scan head, long pass mirror for use collection and recording of back-scatter light and a focusing objective 200, projecting the beam 120 into the media chamber 122.
  • the light may be collected by the same objective as used to print, and then shunted via a long-pass mirror to the single or bank of PMTs, or a CCD camera.
  • the optics may send the laser through a fiber optic cable for easier control of where the light is deposited in the tissue printing vessel.
  • the systems disclosed herein can utilize a range of focusing objectives, for example, with an increasingly lower magnification; the field of view may be increasingly larger. In some cases, the field of view may be the print area that the microscope is capable of, in a single projection area. In some cases, 5x, 10x, or 20x objectives may be employed. In some cases, objectives with high numerical apertures ranging between at least about 0.6 and about 1.2 or more may be employed.
  • the systems disclosed herein may use an objective lens with a magnification ranging from e.g., about 1x to about 100x. The systems disclosed herein may use an objective lens with a magnification of about 1x. The systems disclosed herein may use an objective lens with a magnification of about 2x.
  • the systems disclosed herein may use an objective lens with a magnification of about 3x.
  • the systems disclosed herein may use an objective lens with a magnification of about 4x.
  • the systems disclosed herein may use an objective lens with a magnification of about 10x.
  • the systems disclosed herein may use an objective lens with a magnification of about 20x.
  • the systems disclosed herein may use an objective lens with a magnification of about 40x.
  • the systems disclosed herein may use an objective lens with a magnification of about 60x.
  • the systems disclosed herein may use an objective lens with a magnification of about 100x.
  • FIG.5B illustrates a print head 118 comprising a first objective lens 200a and a second objective lens 200b.
  • FIG.5B illustrates inverted optics for imaging structures. In this embodiment, light may be collected by inverted optics and channeled to a CCD camera, a single PMT, as shown in FIG.5B, or a bank of PMTs to create a multi-color image.
  • a second objective head may be inverted and images may be collected from the underside of the tissue and incident light read by PMTs with a series of long pass or band-pass mirrors.
  • x, y raster scanning may be engaged and the DMD or SLM paths may be bypassed or the devices rendered in an off or inactive position, or removing them from the light path such that there is only a single laser line hitting the x, y scanning optics.
  • DMD or SLM paths may also in some instances be used for imaging.
  • Switching to imaging mode may have several uses during the printing process: 1) imaging can be used to monitor collagen generation rates as collagen naturally produces an emission via second harmonic generation, which is a process when two-photon excitation is scanned across the structures, 2) the edges of printed tissues can be found using imaging mode facilitating the proper linking of blood vessels and other tissue structures along edges of projection spaces, 3) printed tissue structures can be validated for structural integrity and fidelity to the projected images in real-time, and 4) if cells that are temporarily labeled are used, they can be located within the printed tissues for process validation or monitoring.
  • the laser system 116 of the above embodiments may have a variety of points of software control including, but not limited to:
  • the CAD images may be projected by programing changes that are hardwired to the SLM and/or DMD devices; If TAG lenses are used to create a Bessel beam, the current generated to induce the tunable acoustic gradient (TAG) in the TAG lens may be under the control of computer software;
  • the mirrors that direct the laser excitation in the single beam incarnation and may act as an off/on switch for the multi-laser design may be controlled by computer software;
  • the laser intensity via an attenuation wheel and tuning to different frequencies may be controlled by software input;
  • Microscope stage movement may be under software control; Movement of microscope objective or associated fiber optics may be under software control; Edge finding, illumination, and control of the inverted objective by movement or on/off status may be under software control; any imaging or light path controls (mirrors, shutters, scanning optics, SLMs, DMD etc.) may be under control of
  • FIG.6A illustrates an embodiment of a removable and attachable fiber optic cable accessory 250.
  • the accessory 250 may comprise a fiber optic cable 252 and a fitting (not shown in FIGs.6A-6B) which is attachable to the multi-photon tissue printing print-head (not shown in 6A-6B).
  • the fiber optic cable 252 can then be positioned within the media 126 of the media chamber 122, as illustrated in FIG. 6B.
  • the multi-photon laser beam 120 may pass through the objective 200 and the fiber optic cable 252 to deliver the laser energy to the media 126, creating the desired complex tissue structure 260.
  • the fiber optic cable itself may be moved if larger regions of tissue need to be printed.
  • the accessory 250 can be sterilized or replaced so that direct insertion into the media 126 does not compromise sterility or cross-contaminate printed cells.
  • multi-photon lasers may be capable of inducing irreversible damage to the core of the fiber optic cable.
  • induced wavelength chirping by group delayed dispersion (GDD) may be provided to minimize this potential damage, by effectively dispersing the photons to elongate the laser pulse.
  • a GDD device may be provided in the laser system 116 after the SLM or DMD and before entry to the print-head optics 118.
  • three-dimensional printing of the desired tissue may be carried out with a single objective 200 or an objective 200 with an attached fiber optic accessory 250, wherein the one to three different configurations, each associated with a distinct laser line and representing a distinct shape or portion of the tissue may be pulsed though the same objective 200.
  • a timed shutter system may be installed such that there is no or minimal interference between images being projected.
  • laser multiplexing may be employed to allow generation of portions of the tissue structure simultaneously at multiple points while utilizing the same CAD model of the tissue structure.
  • the laser multiplexing may utilize different but contiguous CAD based tissue models, minimizing the movement needed for larger structure printing while decreasing overall print time further.
  • a vascular bed may have internal structures such as valves in the larger blood vessels that prevent venous back flow in normal circulation. These valve structures may be printed simultaneously with the blood vessel walls. In such a case, the scaffolding associated with the valve structure and/or blood vessel walls may be difficult to print separately.
  • the instantaneously formed three-dimensional structure may be repeated throughout the print space during one round of printing. In biological systems, small units may often be repeated throughout the structure.
  • the multi-photon tissue printing print-head 118 may include multiple printing “heads” or sources of multi-photon excitation via a first laser objective 200a, a second laser objective 200b, and a third laser objective 200c as illustrated in FIGs. 7-8.
  • FIG. 7-8 FIG.
  • the multi-photon tissue printing print-head 118 may include a first laser objective 200a, a second laser objective 200b, and a third laser objective 200c
  • the first laser objective 200a may include a first fiber optic cable accessory 250a
  • the second laser objective 200b may include a second fiber optic cable accessory 250b
  • the third laser objective 200c may include a third fiber optic cable accessory 250c.
  • the first fiber optic cable accessory 250a, the second fiber optic cable accessory 250b, and the third fiber optic cable accessory 250c may be directed into a single media chamber 122.
  • the media chamber 122 may have an open top or a sealed top with port access by each accessory fiber optic cable accessory (i.e., via the first fiber optic cable accessory 250a, the second fiber optic cable accessory 250b, and the third fiber optic cable accessory 250c).
  • This arrangement may increase the speed of large, rapid tissue printing, while maintaining control over the final tissue structure.
  • the first fiber optic cable accessory 250a, the second fiber optic cable accessory 250b, and the third fiber optic cable accessory 250c may deliver a projection of the same tissue structure.
  • each the first fiber optic cable accessory 250a, the second fiber optic cable accessory 250b, and the third fiber optic cable accessory 250c may deliver a first laser beam projection 120a, a second laser beam projection 120b, and a third laser beam projection 120c, respectively, of a different tissue structure.
  • the tissue structures may be simultaneously printed.
  • the resulting tissue structures may be linked or not linked together.
  • the print time of a given tissue structure may have an inverse relationship to the number of laser delivery elements with some consideration for the movement restrictions and considerations to be accounted for with each additional excitation source.
  • FIG.8 illustrates an embodiment wherein the multi-photon tissue printing print-head 118 may include a first objective 200a, a second objective 200b, a third objective 200c, a fourth objective 200d, a fifth objective 200e, and a sixth objective 200f, wherein each objective may include a first fiber optic cable accessory 250a, a second fiber optic cable accessory 250b, a third fiber optic cable accessory 250c, a fourth fiber optic cable accessory 250d, a fifth fiber optic cable accessory 250e, and a sixth fiber optic cable accessory 250f, respectively, directed into a separate first media chamber 122a, a second media chamber 122b, a third media chamber 122c, a fourth media chamber 122d, a fifth media chamber 122e, and a sixth media chamber 122f, respectively.
  • the plurality of media chambers may be a multi-well plate, wherein each well of the multi-well plate is a separate, individual media chamber.
  • the first fiber optic cable accessory 250a, the second fiber optic cable accessory 250b, the third fiber optic cable accessory 250c, the fourth fiber optic cable accessory 250d, the fifth fiber optic cable accessory 250e, and the sixth fiber optic cable accessory 250f may deliver at least one projection of the same tissue structure. This provides multiple copies of the tissue structure simultaneously.
  • the first fiber optic cable accessory 250a, the second fiber optic cable accessory 250b, the third fiber optic cable accessory 250c, the fourth fiber optic cable accessory 250d, the fifth fiber optic cable accessory 250e, and the sixth fiber optic cable accessory 250f may deliver a first multi-photon laser beam projection 120a, a second multi- photon laser beam projection 120b, and a third multi-photon laser beam projection 120c of a different tissue structure.
  • the print time may be greatly reduced due to the ability of producing multiple copies simultaneously.
  • the multi-photon tissue printing print-head 118 may include a serial array of objectives comprising a first objective 200a, a second objective 200b, and a third objective 200c, as illustrated in FIG.9.
  • each objective may be aligned with a separate media chamber.
  • the first objective 200a may be aligned with a first media chamber 122a
  • the second objective 200b may be aligned with a second media chamber 122b
  • the third objective 200c may be aligned with a third media chamber 122c.
  • the multiple media chambers may be wells of a multi-well plate 300.
  • the first objective 200a, the second objective 200b, and the third objective 200c may deliver projection of the same tissue structure. In other cases, the laser beam projections may differ per well.
  • the first objective 200a, the second objective 200b (not shown in FIG.
  • the multi-well plate 300 may comprise at least a first media chamber 122a.
  • the multi-well plate 300 may comprise at least 1 well.
  • the multi-well plate 300 may comprise at least 4 wells.
  • the multi-well plate 300 may comprise at least 6 wells.
  • the multi-well plate 300 may comprise at least 8 wells.
  • the multi-well plate 300 may comprise at least 12 well.
  • the multi-well plate 300 may comprise at least 16 wells.
  • the multi-well plate 300 may comprise at least 24 wells.
  • the multi-well plate 300 may comprise at least 48 wells.
  • the multi-well plate 300 may comprise at least 96 wells.
  • the multi-well plate 300 may comprise at least 384 wells.
  • the multi-well plate 300 may comprise at least 1536 wells.
  • the microscope stage may be able to move, the microscope head may be able to move, and/ or an associated fiber optic cable attached to the printing objective may be able to move in order to print larger spaces.
  • Methods of Printing Organs and Organoids [00238]
  • the present disclosure provides a method of printing or generating an organ and/or an organoid.
  • the method may comprise polymerization of monomeric units of biological materials, such as collagen, by heat.
  • the solution of polymers may be cured together with cells disposed within by energy sources, such as heat, laser, and mechanical means inherent to polymers.
  • energy sources such as heat, laser, and mechanical means inherent to polymers.
  • a non-thixotropic material with cell deposited within maintains a liquid form when under pressure.
  • the method may comprise polymerization of a photopolymerizable material by a laser light source.
  • the organ and/or the organoid may be two-dimensional or three-dimensional.
  • the organ and/or the organoid may be a lymph node.
  • the organoid may be an islet of Langerhans.
  • the organoid may be a hair follicle.
  • the organ and/or the organoid may be a tumor and/or a tumor spheroid.
  • the organoid may be a neural bundle and support cells such as, but not limited to Schwann cells and glial cells including satellite cells, olfactory ensheathing cells, enteric glia, oligodendroglia, astroglia, and/or microglia.
  • the organoid may be a nephron.
  • the organoid may be a liver organoid.
  • the organoid may be an intestinal crypt.
  • the organ and/or the organoid may be a primary lymphoid organ, a secondary lymphoid organ such as a spleen, a liver, a pancreas, a gallbladder, an appendix, a brain, a small intestine, a large intestine, a heart, a lung, a bladder, a kidney, a bone, a cochlea, an ovary, a thymus, a trachea, a cornea, a heart valve, skin, a ligament, a tendon, a muscle, a thyroid gland, a nerve, and/or a blood vessel.
  • a primary lymphoid organ such as a spleen, a liver, a pancreas, a gallbladder, an appendix, a brain, a small intestine, a large intestine, a heart, a lung, a bladder, a kidney, a bone, a cochlea, an
  • Organization of an organ or organoid through the printing process may require or be implemented by the sequential deposition of at least about 1, 10, 50, 100, 200, 300, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 10000, 100000, 1000000 or more layers of cells.
  • Organization of a lymphoid organ through the printing process may require or be implemented by the sequential deposition of between 1 and 100 layers of cells.
  • the size of a layer of cells may be tissue dependent.
  • the size of a layer of cells may comprise a larger three-dimensional structure that may be one layer of cells or may comprise multiple layers of cells.
  • the layer of cells may comprise about at least 10, 10 2 ,10 3 , 10 4 , 10 5 , 10 6 , 10 7 , 10 8 , 10 9 , 10 10 , or more cells. Where precise placement of each cell type relative to the other is desired, cells should be printed in sequential steps with a wash step in between to remove the previously used media. Alternately, two or more cell types of different sizes may be printed simultaneously using two photopolymerizable materials of different polymerization wavelength and pore size, such that the larger cell type may become encapsulated in the pore of larger size and the smaller cell type may become encapsulated in the pore of smaller size.
  • Cells are encapsulated in pores in accordance with the size of their nucleus, as the cytoskeleton is able to remodel based on the available space.
  • Cells and/or layers of cells may be deposited on a previously printed polymer matrix.
  • a polymer matrix may be formed using the printing methods as described elsewhere herein (e.g., subjecting a media comprising a plurality of polymer precursors to a laser source) and seeding, depositing, or otherwise introducing a cell to the polymer matrix.
  • the organoid may be subjected to conditions such to allow the proliferation of cell of the organoid.
  • the laser light source may use high-energy green, blue, white, or lower frequencies of ultraviolet light to induce polymerization of the photopolymerizable material, or a high- resolution multi-photon light source of any wavelength may be used.
  • the high-resolution, non-toxic multi-photon projection technology is uniquely suited to print detailed germinal centers that allow for the development of light and dark zones that recapitulate natural B cell affinity maturation. This method may be used in combination with microfluidic manipulation of vasculature, whether lymphatic or circulatory, to create functional collagen-based organs and/or organoids, such as lymph node organoids.
  • Nontoxic wavelengths of visible and ultraviolet light may alternatively be used to print cell-containing structures or biogels to be seeded with cells.
  • the plurality of cells may be from a subject.
  • the plurality of cells may be derived from a patient.
  • the plurality of cells may comprise healthy cells.
  • the plurality of cells may comprise diseased cells.
  • the plurality of cells may comprise cells comprising genetic mutation or variants.
  • the plurality of cells may be tumor cells or cells derived from a tumor.
  • the cells may be derived from a subject that is healthy, diseased, immune compromised, immune suppressed, pregnant, or with any other phenotypes.
  • the subject may have an organ transplant or are in need of an organ transplant.
  • the subject may have cancer.
  • the plurality of cells may be autologous.
  • the plurality of cells may be allogeneic.
  • the plurality of cells may be selected from the list consisting of stromal endothelial cells, endothelial cells, follicular reticular cells or precursors thereof, na ⁇ ve B cells or other immature B cells, memory B cells, plasma B cells, helper T cells and subsets of the same, effector T cells and subsets of the same CD+8 T cells, CD4+ T cells, regulatory T cells, natural killer T cells, na ⁇ ve T cells or other immature T cells, dendritic cells and subsets of the same, follicular dendritic cells, Langerhans dendritic cells, dermally-derived dendritic cells, dendritic cell precursors, monocyte-derived dendritic cells, monocytes and subsets of the same macrophages and subsets of the same, leukocytes and subsets of the same.
  • the B cells may be selected from the list consisting of na ⁇ ve B cells, mature B cells, plasma B cells, B1 B cells, and B2 B cells.
  • the T cells may be selected from the list consisting of CD8+ and CD4+ T cells.
  • the cells may comprise a specific subset of B cells or T cells and express a subtype, isotype, or other variant of immunoglobulin proteins.
  • the cells may be B cells or T cells that express IgA, IgD, IgE, IgM, or IgG immunoglobulin proteins.
  • the cells may be B cells or T cells that preferentially or predominantly expresses IgA, IgD, IgE, IgM, or IgG immunoglobulin proteins.
  • the 3D lymphoid organoid may be selected from the list consisting of a B cell germinal center, a thymic-like development niches, a lymph node, an islet of Langerhans, a hair follicle, a tumor, tumor spheroid, a neural bundle or support cells, a nephron, a liver organoid, an intestinal crypt, a primary lymphoid organ, and a secondary lymphoid organ.
  • the shape of the 3D lymphoid organoid may be selected from the list consisting of spherical, oval, ovate, ovoid, square, rectangular, cuboid, any polygonal shape, free-form, and tear-drop shape.
  • the shape of the 3D lymphoid organoid may be a tear-drop shape.
  • the polymer of the at least of the portion of 3D lymphoid organoid may form a network.
  • the polymer may be collagen, hyaluronic acid and other glycosaminoglycans, poly- dl-lactic-co-glycolic acid (PLGA), poly-1-lactic acid (PLLA), polyglycolic acid (PGA), alginate, gelatin, agar, or a combination thereof.
  • the polymer may comprise an extracellular matrix component.
  • Non-limiting examples of extracellular matrix components used to create 3D lymphoid organoids may include proteoglycans such as heparan sulfate, chondroitin sulfate, and keratan sulfate, non-proteoglycan polysaccharide such as hyaluronic acid, collagen, and elastin, fibronectin, laminin, nidogen, or any combination thereof.
  • proteoglycans such as heparan sulfate, chondroitin sulfate, and keratan sulfate
  • non-proteoglycan polysaccharide such as hyaluronic acid, collagen, and elastin, fibronectin, laminin, nidogen, or any combination thereof.
  • extracellular matrix components may be functionalized with acrylate, diacrylate, methacrylate, cinnamoyl, coumarin, thymine, or other side-group or chemically reactive moiety to facilitate cross-linking induced directly by multi-photon excitation or by multi-photon excitation of one or more chemical doping agents.
  • photopolymerizable macromers and/or photopolymerizable monomers may be used in conjunction with the extracellular matrix components to create cell-containing structures.
  • Non-limiting examples of photopolymerizable macromers may include polyethylene glycol (PEG) acrylate derivatives, PEG methacrylate derivatives, and polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) derivatives.
  • collagen used to create cell containing structure may be fibrillar collagen such as type I, II, III, V, and XI collagen, facit collagen such as type IX, XII, and XIV collagen, short chain collagen such as type VIII and X collagen, basement membrane collagen such as type IV collagen, type VI collagen, type VII collagen, type XIII collagen, or any combination thereof.
  • the polymer of the at least of the portion of 3D lymphoid organoid may contain other polymerizable monomers that are synthesized and not native to mammalian tissues, comprising a hybrid of biologic and synthetic materials.
  • An example mixture may comprise about 0.4% w/v collagen methacrylate plus the addition of about 50% w/v polyethylene glycol diacrylate (PEGDA).
  • Photoinitiators to induce polymerization may be reactive in the ultraviolet (UV), infrared (IR), or visible light range. Examples of two such photo initiators are Eosin Y (EY) and triethanolamine (TEA), that when combined may polymerize in response to exposure to visible light (e.g., wavelengths of about 390 to 700 nanometers).
  • Non-limiting examples of photoinitiators may include azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN), benzoin derivatives, benziketals, hydroxyalkylphenones, acetophenone derivatives, trimethylolpropane triacrylate (TPT), acryloyl chloride, benzoyl peroxide, camphorquinone, benzophenone, thioxanthones, and 2- hydroxy-1-[4-(hydroxyethoxy)phenyl]-2-methyl-1-propanone.
  • AIBN azobisisobutyronitrile
  • benzoin derivatives benziketals
  • hydroxyalkylphenones hydroxyalkylphenones
  • acetophenone derivatives trimethylolpropane triacrylate (TPT)
  • TPT trimethylolpropane triacrylate
  • acryloyl chloride benzoyl peroxide
  • camphorquinone benzophenone
  • thioxanthones thio
  • Hydroxyalkylphenones may include 4-(2- hydroxyethylethoxy)-phenyl–(2-hydroxy-2-methyl propyl) ketone (Irgacure® 295), 1-hidroxycyclohexyl-1-phenyl ketone (Irgacure® 184) and 2,2- dimethoxy-2- phenylacetophenone (Irgacure® 651).
  • Acetophenone derivatives may include 2,2-dimethoxy-2- phenylacetophenone (DMPA).
  • Thioxanthones may include isopropyl thioxanthone.
  • the polymers may comprise functional chemical moiety groups that may be used to conjugate to additional molecules.
  • the functional chemical moiety groups may be able to react with other molecules and form bonds thereby conjugating a molecule to the polymer.
  • the functional chemical moiety groups may be used to perform click chemistry reactions.
  • the functional chemical moiety groups may comprise an azide, azido group, alkyne, alkene, carbonyl, or other reactive functional group.
  • the functional chemical moiety groups may be distributed selectively in throughout the printed objects.
  • the polymers may be conjugated to other molecules prior to polymerization, during polymerization, or after polymerization.
  • the polymers may be conjugated to streptavidin.
  • the polymers may be conjugated to biotin, or other biotinylated molecules.
  • the biotinylated molecules may be biotinylated polypeptides.
  • the other molecules conjugated to the polymers may be distributed selectively in throughout the printed objects.
  • the network, formed by the polymer may be reticular, amorphous, or a net.
  • the net may be an organized net.
  • the organized net may comprise a repeated pattern.
  • the network may be a structured network.
  • the network may be an unstructured network.
  • the network may be a hybrid grid wherein it comprises a mixture of structured and unstructured portions.
  • the network may be a two-dimensional network.
  • the network may be a three-dimensional network.
  • the three-dimensional network may be a tetrahedron network, a pyramidal network, a hexahedron network, a polyhedron network, or a combination thereof.
  • the network formed by the polymer, may be a mesh.
  • the mesh may be a triangular mesh, an octagonal mesh, a hexagonal mesh, a rectangular mesh, a square mesh, a diamond mesh, a circular mesh, or a combination thereof.
  • the mesh may have varying sizes of each cell per unit area.
  • the amorphous network may be designed to facilitate cellular interactions.
  • the cellular interactions may be B cell to T cell conjugate formation, B cell to B cell interactions, B cell to macrophage, T cell to dendritic cell interactions, stromal cell interactions with T cells, stromal cell interactions with B cells, or stromal cell interactions with dendritic cells.
  • the amorphous network may be designed to facilitate movement between or within cellular niches.
  • the present disclosure encompasses the printing of lymphoid organs or organoids by two- or three-dimensional projection of a laser beam 1002 from an energy source 1000 (i.e., a laser, especially a high-resolution multi-photon laser beam but also including other possible light sources).
  • the laser beam 1002 is intended to induce polymerization of a media 126 in a predefined pattern to produce a final product that resembles in structure or function native, especially human lymphoid organs or organoids.
  • the media may comprise cells, or cells may be added to the polymerized media after polymerization.
  • Lymphoid organs are herein defined as small, fully functional, immune cell-containing structures that are capable of mounting and carrying out a functional and complete immune response, defined as the production of an antibody, chemical (e.g., cytokine), or cellular response against an antigen.
  • Lymphoid organoids are here defined as partially complete lymphoid organs capable of demonstrating any type of immune activity on a cellular level.
  • Immune activity includes but is not limited to: (a) cell activation, as defined by an upregulation or downregulation of a cell surface protein; (b) mitotic cell division; (c) changes in cell movement; (d) functional cell movement within the printed structures; (e) development of an immune response as measured by a change in protein production such as antibodies, cytokines, or chemokines; and (f) development of novel proteins by mutation associated with activation such as somatic hypermutation typical of B cells.
  • Lymph node organoids or lymphocyte containing structures designed to recapitulate basic lymph node function and provide a cellular niche and microstructures to support lymphocyte interactions and development of functional immune responses; such as the formation of B cell germinal centers (GCs; FIG.18A) and thymic-like development niches (FIG.18B) printed as single units in multiple steps.
  • Lymphoid organoids may be any semi- functional aggregations of immune cells, including partial structures of those depicted in FIGs. 18A and 18B.
  • the B cell germinal center 105 may be functionally separated into a B cell crowded dark zone 106, where B cells 107 proliferate and undergo somatic hypermutation, and a light zone 108, where B cells interact with whole-antigen bearing cells and/or accessory supporting cells 109, including, but not limited to dendritic cells, monocytes, other B cells 103, and/or with T cells 111 to receive positive signals including, but not limited to soluble factors and ligand-based cell surface interactions 112 after a functional receptor mutation or rearrangement. Once positive signals 112 are received, B cells 107 return to the dark zone 106 and continue the process of proliferation and receptor mutation.
  • FIG.18B depicts the thymic-like development niche.
  • the printed structure may mimic the sequential development of T cells in the thymus, which migrate from the cortex tissue in the thymic organoid towards the medullary tissues as they proliferate and mature. The direction of this migration is represented by the arrow 230 in FIG.18B.
  • This structure is comprised of a thymus capsule 220, a cortical region 121 and a medullary region 123.
  • Immature thymocytes, double negative T cells, and macrophages may be scattered throughout the cortex to clear apoptotic thymocytes. Deeper in the thymus, medullary epithelial cells, a higher abundance of macrophages, and dendritic cells of bone marrow origin closely associate with mature thymocytes and promote further development.
  • double negative immature thymocytes 125 move through the cortical structures 131 and accessory cells 216 towards the medulla 123, differentiating into single positive thymocytes 135, into the medullary region to become mature thymocytes 137 that are CD4 or CD8 positive.
  • the shape of these printed structures may be spherical, oval, ovate, or ovoid that may have a flat or torus-like bottom and may contain a hollow or indented center to allow for varied surface area configurations 134; square, rectangular, cuboid, or any polygonal shape 135; free-form, especially where the free-form design is intended to promote formation of multicellular niches asymmetrical spheres 136; or in a tear drop-like shape 137 with long tails coming from any direction.
  • Lymphoid organs and organoids may be printed as shown in FIG.20 in a teardrop- like shape 137, such that B cells 138 are clustered at the larger end(s) of the structure 139 in a sphere or semi-spheroid structure, with accessory cells 143 tapering off to one or both sides.
  • the lymphoid organs and organoid may be printed in a comma-like shape by extrusion of a mixture of polymers, such as collagen, and cells, such as B cells or T cells onto a surface.
  • the surface may be a dry cell culture plate surface, a wet cell culture plate surface (e.g., the cell culture plate contains a medium), or a scaffold surface as disclosed herein, or a high density polymerizable hydrogel surface.
  • B cells may be independently motile in response to local chemokine gradients through organized cell niches during the affinity maturation process.
  • Figures are illustrated as a cross-section of a 3D structure of the top-down view of an asymmetrical tear-drop like shapes, single-tailed 141 and double-tailed 142.
  • Lymphoid organs and organoids may be printed as shown in FIG.23.
  • FIG.23 shows a microscopy image of a three-dimensional printed lymph node organoid produced by the methods disclosed herein.
  • T cells and B cells are shown to be physically compartmentalized into separate regions of the lymph node organoid.
  • the T cell zone indicates the area of the tissue comprising T cells and a mixture of supporting accessory cells.
  • the B cell zone indicates the area of the tissue comprising B cells and a mixture of supporting accessory cells.
  • Chemokine gradients may be established by cells that are part of the encapsulated cell network or chemokine gradients may be deposited as part of the printing process.
  • B cells, T cells, follicular dendritic cells, and other cell types may be printed in suspension, adhered to the bottom or sides of the culture dish/well plate, or printed within a network of collagen or another biological, biocompatible, or bioinert material.
  • the network may be arranged in a reticular, amorphous, or organized net.
  • An organized net is any net with a repeated geometric or other pattern, including hexagonal, square/rectangular, rhomboid, circular, semi-circular, spherical, semi-spherical, or any combination of shapes therein.
  • a reticular or amorphous net is created without significant regard for geometric pattern, with the primary purpose of being created rapidly and being capable of encapsulating and containing cells. Additionally, some nets may appear amorphous to the untrained observer but, in fact, have a specific shape or design designed to facilitate cellular interactions or movement between or within cellular niches.
  • an initial plurality of cells may be deposited on a surface as described herein.
  • the initial plurality of cells may comprise a plurality of different types of cells that are able to perform different activities.
  • This initial plurality of cells may comprise cells that fulfill different functional niches of the organoid or otherwise are able to support different cellular functions.
  • These organoid niches may comprise distinct mixtures of cells of at least a particular cell density and may be placed on a scaffold or other polymer at a particular location.
  • the cellular niches may comprise a threshold amount of cells that have a proportion of cells with a specific or particular activity.
  • a cell niche for creation of a functional lymph node may comprise a B cell zone with at least about 15% B cells and up to 95% B cells of the cell population contained in the cell niche.
  • Another cell niche can comprise a T cell zone may contain at least about 50% T cells and less than about 5% B cells of the cell population contained in the cell niche.
  • These cell niches can form a function LNO, which may enable functional antibody responses of the LNO to a given protein, peptide, general antigen challenge containing a purified antigen, whole cell antigen preparation containing a potential mixture of antigens, or pathogen.
  • the organoid niches may be placed at predefined locations and allow for the cells in that location to perform a specific function.
  • the depositing of cells to form niches can allow for customization of the organoid's size, shape, and function.
  • the cellular niche may be a B-cell containing niche or a T-cell dominant niche as shown in FIG.38.
  • a B-cell containing niche may contain at least one B cell zone
  • a T-cell dominant niche may contain at least one T cell zone
  • Antigen presenting cells can be comprised of a mixture of monocytes, macrophages, monocyte derived dendritic cells, immature and mature dendritic cells.
  • Antigen presenting cells can be grown under conditions that lead to an actively proliferating antigen presenting cell population at the time of organoid formation.
  • the B cell containing niche may comprise at least about 15% B cells and up to about 95% B cells of the mixed cell population within the niche.
  • the B cell zone may comprise at least about 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% of B cells in the cell population contained int he B cell zone.
  • the niche may support cellular self-organization of high-density B cell zones within the B cell niche.
  • the B cell niche may also comprise T cells that are grown under CD4+ Th2 differentiating conditions containing at least cytokines, such as IL2 and IL4. These B cell zones that do contain T cells may or may not include exogenous T cell activation during cell culture. T cells may be activated in the cell mixture before deposited onto a surface as described herein.
  • the T cell niche may comprise supplemented antigen presenting cells grown under specific antigen presenting cell conditions at, for example, ratios of about 1:5, 1:10 or 1:20 antigen presenting cell to T cell.
  • the T cell niche may comprise T cells grown under specific conditions that contain at least IL2 and IFN-gamma but not IL4.
  • the T cells may support some CD4 T cells as well as CD8, NK, NKT cell expansion or maintenance of a mixture of T cell phenotypes and NK cells.
  • the cell growth and expansion of cells in the niche may be less than 7 days.
  • T cells that are used to form the T cell niche may be activated and expanded prior to organoid formation and may retain the activated state in some applications of the lymph node organoid or may not be activated or actively proliferating in other applications of the lymph node organoid.
  • a threshold amount of cells or cell density may be used to produce functional or productive organoids. Low cell density of cells found in an engineered organoid will not be able to produce a complete immune response.
  • the engineered organoid with low cell density will not be able to support antigen specific B cell development or plasma memory B cell development in response to a specific antigen challenge. As a result, production of antigen specific antibodies by the B cells will not occur.
  • a threshold density of cells may allow for productive immune responses, such as antigen specific antibody generation in a lymph node organoid.
  • the cell culture e.g. cells with enforced density provided by a polymer
  • the cell culture may have a density between 20 million to 60 million cells per milliliter for generating a functional antibody producing immune response to an introduced antigen or pathogen.
  • the cell culture may have a density of at least 20 million cells per milliliter or more.
  • the cell culture may have a density of at least 30 million cells per milliliter, 40 million cells per milliliter, 50 million cells per milliliter, 60 million cells per milliliter, 70 million cells per milliliter, 80 million cells per milliliter, 90 million cells per milliliter, 100 million cells per milliliter, or more.
  • the cell culture may have a density of no more than 30 million cells per milliliter, 40 million cells per milliliter, 50 million cells per milliliter, 60 million cells per milliliter, 70 million cells per milliliter, 80 million cells per milliliter, 90 million cells per milliliter, 100 million cells per milliliter, or less.
  • a functional organoid may have an overall threshold density of cells.
  • the cell density may be between 10 million to 100 million cells per milliliter to generate a functional antibody producing immune response to an introduced antigen or pathogen.
  • the cell density may between 20 million to 60 million cells per milliliter.
  • the cell culture may have a density of at least 20 million cells per milliliter or more.
  • the cell culture may have a density of at least 30 million cells per milliliter, 40 million cells per milliliter, 50 million cells per milliliter, 60 million cells per milliliter, 70 million cells per milliliter, 80 million cells per milliliter, 90 million cells per milliliter, 100 million cells per milliliter, or more.
  • the cell culture may have a density of no more than 30 million cells per milliliter, 40 million cells per milliliter, 50 million cells per milliliter, 60 million cells per milliliter, 70 million cells per milliliter, 80 million cells per milliliter, 90 million cells per milliliter, 100 million cells per milliliter, or less. [00261] Total cells in an organoid may range from 60,000 to 500 million per organoid.
  • the total number of cells in an organoid can be at least 50,000, 60,000, 70,000, 80,000, 90,000, 100,000, 200,000, 300,000, 400,000, 500,000, 600,000,700,000, 800,000, 900,000, 1 million, 2 million, 3 million, 4 million, 5 million, 6 million, 7 million, 8 million, 9 million, 10 million, 20 million, 30 million, 40 million, 50 million, 60 million, 70 million, 80 million, 90 million, 100 million, 200 million, 300 million, 400 million, 500 million, or more.
  • Organoids larger than 500 microns in diameter and, or organoids that contain more than 300,000 lymphocytes may rely on 3 dimensional printed scaffold to ensure non-hypoxic conditions within the organoid.
  • Cells in a given niche may be able to migrate or other wise move within a niche, or around to other niches or areas of the organoid.
  • immune cells in lymph nodes are highly motile and the high motility of the immune cells allows for an immune response to occur.
  • the migration of cells in a niche can allow for a organoid to perform an immune response.
  • Cell niches and scaffolds may be generated to allow for cells of a niche to migrate without causing substantial mixing of adjacent niches. Complete mixing or homogenization of cells of two adjacent niches can result in a loss or reduction of function.
  • a polymer of too low of density can result in loss of function caused by a loss of cell density in a niche or mixing of adjacent niches.
  • Cell niches may be further reinforced by chemokine, cytokines, or other similar suitable chemicals, incorporation in the surrounding solution, hydrogel, or scaffolds printed by the laser printing system disclosed herein. Chemokine or other suitable chemicals may be incorporated into the scaffolds so that the scaffolds can better facilitate oxygen and nutrient flow within the organoid. In some cases, cytokines or chemokines may be soluble and are dissolved in solutions or infused in hydrogel.
  • Initial pluralities of cells may be deposited in a variety of manners. The deposition of the initial pluralities of cells can be extruded onto a surface. For example, the cells can be deposited via extrusion into or onto a dry cell culture plate, wet (media containing) cell culture plate or a preformed scaffold system. The cells may also be contained in a hydrogel, such as a high density polymerizable hydrogel.
  • Loss of a cellular niche from an organoid can disrupt the function of the whole organoid.
  • an individual cellular niche may be incapable of recapitulating the function of the whole organoid and may be unable to produce an complete immune response such as an immune response characterized by antigen specific cell development, plasma memory cell development specific to the antigen challenge, and production of antigen specific antibodies.
  • Cellular niches alone or if separated from the whole organoid cannot perform as a functional tissue producing a complete immune response characterized by antigen specific B cell development, plasma memory B cell development specific to the antigen challenge, and production of antigen specific antibodies. Specific with other cells or other niches can allow for a fully functional organoid.
  • lymphocyte – niche contact may be needed to generate a fully functional organoid.
  • Various niches in an organoid, or organoids can be generated to contact or interact with other niches or organoid. Larger or continuous organoids may be linked by polymer to generate an organoid row or ‘sheet’ that contains B cell specific zones contained within the T cell and antigen presenting zone as shown in FIG.39.3D dimensional printed 3D scaffold structure as disclosed herein allows formation of large organoid structure described in this paragraph.
  • cellular niches may contact other cellular niches within the organoid.
  • the surface area of the cellular niches within a lymph node organoid may have at least 10% of the one or more niche volumes in contact with the other niche volumes to facilitate cell movement and cell-cell interactions between the niches.
  • a small area may be generated where cellular mixing between the niches may occur.
  • FIG.38 shows example schematics of organoids.
  • the lymph node organoids depicted show a B cell zone and T-cell zone that are able to contact the other zone.
  • An area of zone contact may comprise a mixing zones to allow cellular mixing between the two zones.
  • the methods disclosed here for engineering or printing the lymphoid organoid may allow for complete polymer solidification of an organoid niche before the addition of the next niche or for partial solidification to enable a zone of cell mixing.
  • the zone of mixing may comprise shared polymer bridging between cell niches, facilitating cell movement between the neighboring niches. In some cases, this area of zone of mixing may be about 50 to about 150 microns in width. In some cases, the area of zone of mixing may be about 20 to about 100 microns in width. In some cases, the area of zone of mixing may be about 600 to about 200 microns in width. The zone of mixing may be up to 200 microns in width. The zone of mixing may be as small as 20 microns.
  • one niche may be completely surrounded by another niche, for example a B cell containing niche may be completely surrounded by a T cell niche as illustrated in FIG.39. This may be achieved by printing or extruding the B cell niche inside of the T cell niche before the T cell containing polymer is completely cured.
  • multiple B cell zones may be printed or extruded within a larger T cell zone. The multiple B cell zones may not contact with other B cell zones at all. Alternatively or in addition, at least one B cell zone contacts another B cell zone as both are surrounded by the T cell zone.
  • FIG.39 shows example schematics of organoid.
  • a B cell zone is completely encapsulated by a T-cell zone.
  • Multiple B-cells zones may be in an organoid, in which multiple B cell zones are surrounded by a T cell zone.
  • a T cell zone may be surrounded by a B cell zone.
  • multiple T cell zones may be surrounded by a large B cell zone.
  • Additional cell niches may be added onto the lymph node organoid.
  • organoids may also comprise tumor cells or be in contact with tumor cells. The tumor cells and other niches may generate a tumor-immune system organoid as shown in FIG.40.
  • tumor cells and liver cells may comprise a liver-tumor organoid where the cancer cells comprising a tumor are directly implanted into a healthy liver tissue.
  • the liver tissue containing a tumor organoid may be printed or extruded such that the liver tissue containing tumor cells may be in at least 10% physical contact with the lymph node organoid comprising at least one B cell zone and one T cell zone. The B cell zone and the T cell zone are in contact with each other. This arrangement may allow tumor cell invasion of a lymph node organoid and may be used as a metastasis model and interactions between tumor cells and immune cells in the lymph node organoid may be investigated.
  • an investigator can study the immune response generated in the LNO in responding to the tumor cells. Moreover, upon application of a therapeutic agent or immune cell stimulant to the tumor-immune system organoid, the response generated in the LNO in responding to the therapeutic agent or immune cell stimulant can be studies.
  • This complex tumor-immune system organoid may be used to screen for an effective therapeutic agent or immune cell stimulant. Furthermore, the complex tumor-immune system organoid may be used to create a specialized therapeutic regime for a particular patient when both the immune cells and liver tissue are provided.
  • fully formed tumor organoids may be directly implanted in a lymph node organoid in the T cell zone, B cell zone, or across both zones.
  • FIG. 40 shows example schematics of organoids comprising B cell zones, T cell zones and tumor cells that comprise accompanying healthy tissue (left panel) or implanted in a cell niche (right panel).
  • the formation of a lymph node organoid and tumor organoid, optionally with additional healthy tissue, can be formed using scaffold systems described through the disclosure.
  • Tumor or tissue organoids may also be printed/extruded and maintained in contact with human lymph node organoids by media flow to mimic circulation and investigate immune cell responses to a given tissue.
  • FIGS.41A and 41B show schematics for media circulation.
  • FIG.41A shows a lymph node organoid in a first well or compartment and a tissue organoid(s) in a second well or compartment.
  • the compartments may be connected by a channel that allows for passive flow, or gravitationally driven flow, to circulate media between the two organoids.
  • FIG.41B shows another schematic in which a pathway and media pump is connected to the compartments and allows for the fluid to flow directionally from one organoid to another organoid via the action of the pump.
  • the tumor-immune system organoids may allow for a more accurate replication of a human immune response as compared to animal models, or other in vitro models. Animal models designed to replicate human tumor immune system interactions, even in humanized animals fail to faithfully replicate therapeutic efficacy. Therapeutics that show promising therapeutics in animal models often fail to yield results in humans resulting in a high efficacy rate of human clinical trial failure.
  • FIG.42 shows a schematic of a multi- niche organoid with a scaffold and tumor. As shown, a scaffold with channels can be generated in the organoid to allow for media and oxygen distribution in the organoid.
  • the organoid may lack scaffold or have less scaffold and allow for the regions to be hypoxic. Additionally, tumor organoid hypoxia can be controlled by the distance between microvascular channels to create tumors with different levels of hypoxic cores.
  • Tumor organoids and lymph nodes interact during the development and metastasis of a tumor, for example cells from a tumor may travel and take up residence in the lymph node indicating metastasis, in addition, activated lymphocytes from the periphery may take up residence in a tumor. In many cancers both can occur.
  • a model that supports investigation of human tumor and human lymph node interactions during metastasis and lymphocyte infiltration into tumors, particularly in the context of drug testing provides a model of therapeutic investigation that is more relevant than animal-based tumor models and single cells in a dish.
  • Different modes of culturing organoids that enable investigation of metastasis or immune cell infiltration include co-organoid culture wherein organoid surfaces are in contact or co-organoid culture wherein the organoids are connected by passive or active flow replicating lymphatic and or vascular flow.
  • a lymph node organoid model in which tumor metastasis and growth can be monitored can be used for therapeutic development.
  • Native architecture may be obtained from imaging data and rendered into two- or three-dimensional images with defined edges and/or grey areas, which are edges that are not precisely defined, but fall somewhere within a designated range, for projection into a polymerizable hydrogel.
  • imaging data may provide sufficient detail to enable precise re- creation of multicellular niches that support cell-cell interactions during an immune response.
  • Multicellular niches are developed in the immune system for single B- or T-cell selection based on receptor recognition of a foreign pathogen or material. High reactivity of a receptor or high affinity recognition during an immune response leads to selection for that B or T cell and further cell division and expansion of the numbers of cells that express the highly reactive receptor.
  • Native lymph node architecture can support the development of this selection process which is dependent upon a sequence of specific cell-cell interactions that support selection and proliferation of the highly reactive cells. Therefore, three-dimensional native architecture that allows for cell-cell interactions and independent cell movement is a critical component of the B-cell and T-cell clonal selection process. As such, this architecture is an important component of the printed lymph node and one that is afforded especially by the use of multi- photon lasers in the printing process, though it may be possible to achieve function without printing in this level of resolution achieved with projection of wave-front shaped multi-photon laser light.
  • Cell-cell interactions that may occur within a multicellular niche include, but are not limited to: B cell -T cell conjugate formation, B cell B cell interactions, B cell —macrophage, T cell-dendritic cell interactions), and stromal cell interactions with T, B and Dendritic cells. Interactions are not distinctly paired interactions and clusters or clumps of cells of various types often form during an immune reaction, especially in an established cellular niche or tissue like structure. Cell-cell interactions may be facilitated with the addition of cell signaling molecules, cell stimulatory molecules, or other chemical compounds. The cell-cell interactions may be facilitated by the conjugation or incorporation of certain molecules to the printed structure, such that specific cell-cell interactions can be generated.
  • T cells may refer to any form of a T cell including but not limited to CD8+ or CD4+ T cells.
  • B cells may refer to B cells in any developmental phase including but not limited to naive B cells, mature B cells, plasma B cells, B1 B cells, or B2 B cells.
  • FIG.17 depicts lymphoid organs in generalized detail as their structure is currently understood and do not necessarily include every structural detail that may be obtained from imaging data, nor may the final product necessarily include every depicted structural detail; lymphoid organs and organoids are herein ultimately defined by their function.
  • Multiple organoid units may be printed within a single structure to produce larger structures, including larger organs or a fully sized organ.
  • Multiple lymphoid units may be printed within a single structure to produce larger immune organs, including a fully sized lymph node or thymus.
  • the limiting factor for size is vascularization, which is essential for tissues larger than 200 micron in width due to the diffusion limits of most gases and nutrients.
  • the completed lymphoid organ or organoid may be between 50 and 200 microns thick without vascularization. If vascularized, the tissue may be 50 microns to 10 cm thick, may be of any shape or size, and may contain both circulatory and lymphatic vasculature.
  • Vasculature may include valves and/or sphincters.
  • vasculature may be achieved by printing endothelial cells or precursors thereof within a net 500 intended to closely resemble native microvasculature, the structure of which is obtained from high-resolution imaging data.
  • Capillary beds may branch from larger arterioles and arteries and branch into venules and veins in accordance with the relevant anatomy.
  • multiple organoid units or three-dimensional structures may also be combined to form hybrid structures, multi-organ structures or structures comprising organs with associated tissues.
  • a first structural unit may comprise immune cells and a second structural unit may comprise cancer or tumor cells and generate a tumor-immune system organoid hybrid.
  • the first structure may be generated to replicate or otherwise model the cellular activity of a spleen
  • a second structure may be generated to replicate or otherwise model the cellular activity of a spleen.
  • organoid replicating or modeling primary, secondary, or tertiary lymphocyte organs, bone marrow, thymus, or spleen may be generated and allowed to interact with other organoid structures.
  • the structural units may form a direct contact with one another or may be linked via a flow system or a membrane or thin barrier.
  • Cells, cell signals, or other molecular signaling factors, as disclosed elsewhere herein such as cytokines or growth factors, may be allowed to flow between different structural units.
  • a barrier or similar structures may be used to prevent, slow, inhibit or otherwise alter the efficiency of cellular signaling may be used in conjunction with the organoid or structural units.
  • specific cell type may be selected or generated that may be used for analysis of immune responses, production of immunoglobulins, or other uses as described for other three-dimensional cells structures are disclosed elsewhere herein.
  • Scaffolds or 3D structures printed using the method provided by the disclosure may be used to mimic native environments or other cellular structures.
  • the scaffolds may comprise components of a cell surface.
  • the scaffolds may comprise polypeptides, glycoproteins, sugars, glycosylation moieties, or other structural features.
  • the scaffold may mimic the cell surface of accessory cells.
  • the scaffolds may mimic the cell surface stromal cells.
  • the scaffold may comprise signaling molecules or other structural moieties capable of signaling a cell.
  • the present disclosure provides methods and systems for producing one or more immunological proteins.
  • a method for producing one or more immunological proteins comprises providing a media chamber comprising a medium comprising: (i) a plurality of cells and (ii) one or more polymer precursors.
  • at least one energy beam may be directed to the medium in the media chamber along at least one energy beam path that is patterned into a three-dimensional (3D) projection in accordance with computer instructions for printing a 3D lymphoid organoid in computer memory.
  • a method for producing one or more immunological proteins may comprise subjecting the at least one portion of the 3D lymphoid organoid to conditions sufficient to stimulate production of the one or more immunological proteins.
  • a method for producing one or more immunological proteins comprises (i) printing a three-dimensional (3D) lymphoid organoid comprising a matrix containing a plurality of cells, and (ii) treating the 3D lymphoid organoid to produce the one or more immunological proteins.
  • a method for producing one or more immunological proteins comprises: providing a media chamber comprising a first medium.
  • the first medium may comprise a first plurality of cells and a first polymeric precursor.
  • at least one energy beam may be directed to the first medium in the media chamber along at least one energy beam path in accordance with computer instructions for printing a three-dimensional (3D) lymphoid organoid in computer memory, to subject at least a portion of the first medium in the media chamber to form a first portion of the 3D lymphoid organoid.
  • the method may provide a second medium in the media chamber.
  • the second medium may comprise a second plurality of cells and a second polymeric precursor.
  • the second plurality of cells may be of a different type than the first plurality of cells.
  • the method may comprise directing at least one energy beam to the second medium in the media chamber along at least one energy beam path in accordance with the computer instructions, to subject at least a portion of the second medium in the media chamber to form a second portion of the 3D lymphoid organoid.
  • the method may comprise subjecting the first and second portions of the 3D lymphoid organoid to conditions sufficient to stimulate production of the one or more immunological proteins.
  • a method of producing one or more immunological proteins comprises (i) printing a three-dimensional (3D) lymphoid organoid comprising a matrix containing a first plurality of cells and a second plurality of cells, and (ii) treating the 3D lymphoid organoid to produce the one or more immunological proteins.
  • a system for producing one or more immunological proteins comprising a media chamber configured to contain a medium comprising a plurality of cells and one or more polymer precursors.
  • the system may comprise at least one energy source configured to direct at least one energy beam to the media chamber.
  • the system may comprise one or more computer processors operatively coupled to the at least one energy source.
  • the one or more computer processors may be individually or collectively programmed to receive computer instructions for printing a three-dimensional (3D) lymphoid organoid from computer memory.
  • the one or more computer processors may be individually or collectively programmed to direct the at least one energy source to direct the at least one energy beam to the medium in the media chamber along at least one energy beam path in accordance with the computer instructions, to subject at least a portion of the polymer precursors to form at least a portion of the 3D lymphoid organoid.
  • the one or more computer processors may be individually or collectively programmed to subject the at least portion of the 3D lymphoid organoid to conditions sufficient to stimulate production of the one or more immunological proteins.
  • the one or more computer processors may be individually or collectively further programmed to extract one or more immunological proteins from the at least portion of the 3D lymphoid organoid.
  • Another aspect of the present disclosure provides a method of producing a population of human immunological proteins, comprising: using a multi-photon laser bio-printing system to bio-print a three-dimensional lymphoid organoid. Next, the method may comprise exposing the three-dimensional lymphoid organoid to an antigen in order to stimulate production of the population of human immunological proteins. Next, the method may comprise extracting the population of human immunological proteins from the three-dimensional lymphoid organoid.
  • the conditions sufficient to stimulate production of the one or more immunological proteins may comprise exposing at least a portion of the 3D lymphoid organoid to an antigen in order to stimulate production of the one or more immunological proteins.
  • the antigen may be selected from the list consisting of whole peptides, partial peptides, glycopeptides, whole proteins or protein subunits, carbohydrates, nucleic acids, live virus, heat-killed virus, viral particles, membrane bound or stabilized proteins, phage displayed antigens and whole cells.
  • the antigen may be an exogenous antigen, an endogenous antigen, an autoantigen, a neoantigen, or a combination thereof.
  • a neoantigen is defined herein as an antigen that is absent from a normal human genome.
  • the neoantigen may be a tumor antigen, a viral antigen, an engineered antigen, or a synthetic antigen.
  • the antigens may be inorganic molecules.
  • the antigens may be synthesized chemical compounds or molecules that are not found in the nature.
  • Methods of the present disclosure may further comprise extracting one or more immunological proteins from the at least portion of the 3D lymphoid organoid.
  • the one or more immunological proteins may be human immunological proteins.
  • the immunological proteins may be selected from the list consisting of antibodies, T-cell receptors, and cancer immunotherapeutics.
  • the antibodies may be immunoglobulin G (IgG) antibodies.
  • the IgG antibodies may be human IgG antibodies.
  • the immunological proteins may be IgM, IgA, IgE, IgD antibodies or a combination thereof.
  • the immunological proteins may be antibody fragments, antibody domains, immunoglobulin heavy chains, immunoglobulin light chains, or a combination thereof.
  • the antibody fragments may be antigen-binding fragments (Fab), single chain variable fragments (scFv), or a combination thereof.
  • the immunological proteins may be multivalent recombinant antibodies.
  • the multivalent recombinant antibodies may be diabodies (i.e., small recombinant bispecific antibodies), minibodies (i.e., engineered antibody fragments), triabodies, tetrabodies, or a combination thereof.
  • the immunological proteins may be engineered immunological proteins, synthetic immunological proteins, or a combination thereof.
  • the synthetic immunological proteins may be nucleic acid aptamers, non- immunoglobulin protein scaffolds, non-immunoglobulin peptide aptamers, affimer proteins, or a combination thereof.
  • the plurality of cells may be from a subject.
  • the plurality of cells may be derived from a patient.
  • the plurality of cells may comprise healthy cells.
  • the plurality of cells may comprise diseased cells.
  • the plurality of cells may comprise cells comprising genetic mutation or variants.
  • the plurality of cells may be tumor cells or be cells derived from a tumor.
  • the cells may be derived from a subject that is healthy, diseased, immune compromised, immune suppressed, or pregnant.
  • the subject may have an organ transplant or is in need of an organ transplant.
  • the subject may have cancer.
  • the plurality of cells may be autologous.
  • the plurality of cells may be allogeneic.
  • the plurality of cells may be selected from the list consisting of stromal endothelial cells, endothelial cells, follicular reticular cells or precursors thereof, na ⁇ ve B cells or other immature B cells, memory B cells, plasma B cells, helper T cells and subsets of the same, effector T cells and subsets of the same CD+8 T cells, CD4+ T cells, regulatory T cells, natural killer T cells, na ⁇ ve T cells or other immature T cells, dendritic cells and subsets of the same, follicular dendritic cells, Langerhans dendritic cells, dermally-derived dendritic cells, dendritic cell precursors, monocyte-derived dendritic cells, monocytes and subsets of the same macrophages and subsets of the same, leukocytes and subsets of the same.
  • the B cells may be selected from the list consisting of na ⁇ ve B cells, mature B cells, plasma B cells, B1 B cells, and B2 B cells.
  • the T cells may be selected from the list consisting of CD8+ and CD4+.
  • the cells may comprise a specific subset of B cells or T cells and express a subtype, isotype, or other variant of immunoglobulin proteins.
  • the cells may be a B cell or T cells that expresses IgA, IgD, IgE, IgM, or IgG immunoglobulin proteins.
  • the cells may be a B cell or T cells that preferentially or predominantly expresses IgA, IgD, IgE, IgM, or IgG immunoglobulin proteins.
  • the cells may also be derived from non-human eukaryotes.
  • the cells may be derived from sharks.
  • the cells may be derived from camels.
  • the cells may be derived from tunicates.
  • the non-human eukaryotic cells may allow the generation of immunoglobin proteins that are non-human.
  • camel cells may generate nanobodies or other single domain immunoglobulin proteins.
  • the 3D lymphoid organoid may be selected from the list consisting of a B cell germinal center, a thymic-like development niches, a lymph node, an islet of Langerhans, a hair follicle, a tumor, tumor spheroid, a neural bundle or support cells, a nephron, a liver organoid, an intestinal crypt, a primary lymphoid organ, and a secondary lymphoid organ.
  • the shape of the 3D lymphoid organoid may be selected from the list consisting of spherical, oval, ovate, ovoid, square, rectangular, cuboid, any polygonal shape, free-form, and tear-drop shape.
  • the shape of the 3D lymphoid organoid may be a tear-drop shape.
  • the polymer of the at least of the portion of 3D lymphoid organoid may form a network.
  • the polymer may be collagen, hyaluronic acid and other glycosaminoglycans, poly- dl-lactic-co-glycolic acid (PLGA), poly-1-lactic acid (PLLA), polyglycolic acid (PGA), alginate, gelatin, agar, or a combination thereof.
  • the polymer may comprise an extracellular matrix component.
  • Non-limiting examples of extracellular matrix components used to create 3D lymphoid organoids may include proteoglycans such as heparan sulfate, chondroitin sulfate, and keratan sulfate, non-proteoglycan polysaccharide such as hyaluronic acid, collagen, and elastin, fibronectin, laminin, nidogen, or any combination thereof.
  • proteoglycans such as heparan sulfate, chondroitin sulfate, and keratan sulfate
  • non-proteoglycan polysaccharide such as hyaluronic acid, collagen, and elastin, fibronectin, laminin, nidogen, or any combination thereof.
  • extracellular matrix components may be functionalized with acrylate, diacrylate, methacrylate, cinnamoyl, coumarin, thymine, or other side-group or chemically reactive moiety to facilitate cross-linking induced directly by multi-photon excitation or by multi-photon excitation of one or more chemical doping agents.
  • photopolymerizable macromers and/or photopolymerizable monomers may be used in conjunction with the extracellular matrix components to create cell-containing structures.
  • Non-limiting examples of photopolymerizable macromers may include polyethylene glycol (PEG) acrylate derivatives, PEG methacrylate derivatives, and polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) derivatives.
  • collagen used to create cell containing structure may be fibrillar collagen such as type I, II, III, V, and XI collagen, facit collagen such as type IX, XII, and XIV collagen, short chain collagen such as type VIII and X collagen, basement membrane collagen such as type IV collagen, type VI collagen, type VII collagen, type XIII collagen, or any combination thereof.
  • the polymer of the at least of the portion of 3D lymphoid organoid may contain other polymerizable monomers that are synthesized and not native to mammalian tissues, comprising a hybrid of biologic and synthetic materials.
  • An example mixture may comprise about 0.4% w/v collagen methacrylate plus the addition of about 50% w/v polyethylene glycol diacrylate (PEGDA).
  • Photoinitiators to induce polymerization may be reactive in the ultraviolet (UV), infrared (IR), or visible light range. Examples of two such photo initiators are Eosin Y (EY) and triethanolamine (TEA), that when combined may polymerize in response to exposure to visible light (e.g., wavelengths of about 390 to 700 nanometers).
  • Non-limiting examples of photoinitiators may include azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN), benzoin derivatives, benziketals, hydroxyalkylphenones, acetophenone derivatives, trimethylolpropane triacrylate (TPT), acryloyl chloride, benzoyl peroxide, camphorquinone, benzophenone, thioxanthones, and 2- hydroxy-1-[4-(hydroxyethoxy)phenyl]-2-methyl-1-propanone.
  • AIBN azobisisobutyronitrile
  • benzoin derivatives benziketals
  • hydroxyalkylphenones hydroxyalkylphenones
  • acetophenone derivatives trimethylolpropane triacrylate (TPT)
  • TPT trimethylolpropane triacrylate
  • acryloyl chloride benzoyl peroxide
  • camphorquinone benzophenone
  • thioxanthones thio
  • Hydroxyalkylphenones may include 4-(2- hydroxyethylethoxy)-phenyl–(2-hydroxy-2-methyl propyl) ketone (Irgacure® 295), 1-hidroxycyclohexyl-1-phenyl ketone (Irgacure® 184) and 2,2- dimethoxy-2- phenylacetophenone (Irgacure® 651).
  • Acetophenone derivatives may include 2,2-dimethoxy-2- phenylacetophenone (DMPA).
  • Thioxanthones may include isopropyl thioxanthone.
  • the polymers may comprise functional chemical moiety groups that may be used to conjugate to additional molecules.
  • the functional chemical moiety groups may be able to react with other molecules and form bonds thereby conjugating a molecule to the polymer.
  • the functional chemical moiety groups may be used to perform click chemistry reactions.
  • the functional chemical moiety groups may comprise an azide, azido group, alkyne, alkene, carbonyl, or other reactive functional group.
  • the polymers may be conjugated to other molecules prior to polymerization, during polymerization, or after polymerization.
  • the polymers may be conjugated to streptavidin.
  • the polymers may be conjugated to biotin, or other biotinylated molecules.
  • the network, formed by the polymer may be reticular, amorphous, or a net.
  • the net may be an organized net.
  • the organized net may comprise a repeated pattern.
  • the network may be a structured network.
  • the network may be an unstructured network.
  • the network may be a hybrid grid wherein it comprises a mixture of structured and unstructured portions.
  • the network may be a two-dimensional network.
  • the network may be a three-dimensional network.
  • the three-dimensional network may be a tetrahedron network, a pyramidal network, a hexahedron network, a polyhedron network, or a combination thereof.
  • the network, formed by the polymer may be a mesh.
  • the mesh may be a triangular mesh, an octagonal mesh, a hexagonal mesh, a rectangular mesh, a square mesh, a diamond mesh, a circular mesh, or a combination thereof.
  • the mesh may have varying sizes of each cell per unit area.
  • the amorphous network may be designed to facilitate cellular interactions.
  • the cellular interactions may be B cell to T cell conjugate formation, B cell to B cell interactions, B cell to macrophage, T cell to dendritic cell interactions, stromal cell interactions with T cells, stromal cell interactions with B cells, or stromal cell interactions with dendritic cells.
  • the amorphous network may be designed to facilitate movement between or within cellular niches.
  • the present disclosure provides a method of producing a population of human immunological proteins.
  • the method may comprise providing a medium.
  • the medium may comprise a plurality of cells and one or more polymer precursors.
  • the polymer precursors may be biogel precursors.
  • the method may comprise depositing at least one layer of the medium onto a substrate.
  • the substrate may be a media chamber.
  • the substrate may be a tissue culture plate or well.
  • the substrate may be a microfluidic chamber.
  • the substrate may be a microfluidic chip.
  • the substrate may be a polymeric scaffold.
  • the method may comprise subjecting the at least one layer of the medium to an energy source to form at least a portion of the 3D lymphoid organoid comprising at least a subset of the plurality of cells, and a biogel formed from the one or more polymer precursors.
  • the method may comprise a layer-by-layer deposition of the medium patterned according to a three-dimensional (3D) projection.
  • the 3D projection may be in accordance with computer instructions for printing the 3D lymphoid organoid in computer memory.
  • the layer-by-layer deposition of the medium patterned according to a three-dimensional (3D) projection and formation of the biogel may be done by subjecting the medium to the energy source (e.g., a laser).
  • the laser may be projected along a light path in accordance to the 3D projection in order to polymerize the polymer precursors in the medium and form at least a portion of the 3D lymphoid organoid comprising the plurality of cells and the biogel.
  • the method may comprise a manual layer-by-layer deposition of the medium using a pipette or a capillary tube to deposit at least one microdroplet of the medium onto a substrate.
  • a 3D projection comprising the pattern to be printed may not be necessary, rather the microdroplets of the medium may be subjected to an energy source (e.g., a heat or light source) once deposited, in order to form at least a portion of the 3D lymphoid organoid comprising the biogel and the plurality of cells.
  • the method may comprise a layer-by-layer deposition of the medium by use of a microfluidic device.
  • the microfluidic device may control total volume of a microdroplet of the medium that is deposited in a layer- by-layer manner onto a substrate.
  • the microfluidic device may control total number of cells per each microdroplet of the medium that is deposited in a layer-by-layer manner onto a substrate.
  • the method may comprise a layer-by-layer deposition of the medium by use of a printer.
  • the printer may be a laser printer, a layer-by-layer inkjet printer (e.g., a thermal inkjet printer or a piezoelectric inkjet printer), a layer-by-layer extrusion 3D printer (e.g., a pneumatic extrusion bioprinter or a mechanical extrusion bioprinter), or any combination thereof.
  • Microdroplets of medium may be combined with other microdroplets such that cells may be organized into functional multi-cellular tissue niches.
  • Layered microdroplets may be cured, fused, solidified, gelled, crosslinked, polymerized, or photopolymerized in sequence or all at once using an energy source or via a chemical (e.g., a crosslinker or a photoinitiator).
  • the energy source may be an energy beam, a heat source, or a light source.
  • the energy source may be a laser, such as a fiber laser, a short- pulsed laser, or a femto-second pulsed laser.
  • the energy source may be a heat source, such as a thermal plate, a lamp, an oven, a heated water bath, a cell culture incubator, a heat chamber, a furnace, a drying oven, or any combination thereof.
  • the energy source may be a light source, such as white light, infrared light, ultraviolet (UV) light, near infrared (NIR) light, visible light, a light emitting diode (LED), or any combination thereof.
  • the energy source may be a sound energy source, such as an ultrasound probe, a sonicator, an ultrasound bath, or any combination thereof.
  • the energy source may be an electromagnetic radiation source, such as a microwave source, or any combination thereof.
  • the medium may be physically polymerized in order to form a biogel.
  • the medium may be polymerized by a heat source in order to form a biogel.
  • the medium may be chemically polymerized in order to form a biogel; for example, by use of a cross-linker.
  • Non- limiting examples of cross-linkers include 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-carbodiimide (EDC), glutaraldehyde, and 1-ethyl-3-3-dimethyl aminopropyl carbodiimide (EDAC).
  • the medium may comprise a photoinitiator, a cross-linker, collagen, hyaluronic acid and other glycosaminoglycans, poly-dl-lactic-co-glycolic acid (PLGA), poly-1-lactic acid (PLLA), polyglycolic acid (PGA), alginate, gelatin, agar, or any combination thereof.
  • the biogel may comprise a photoinitiator, a cross-linker, collagen, hyaluronic acid and other glycosaminoglycans, poly-dl-lactic-co-glycolic acid (PLGA), poly-1-lactic acid (PLLA), polyglycolic acid (PGA), alginate, gelatin, agar, or any combination thereof.
  • the polymer precursor may be collagen, hyaluronic acid and other glycosaminoglycans, poly-dl-lactic-co- glycolic acid (PLGA), poly-1-lactic acid (PLLA), polyglycolic acid (PGA), alginate, gelatin, agar, or any combination thereof.
  • the biogel may be a hydrogel.
  • the biogel may be a biocompatible hydrogel.
  • the biogel may be a polymeric hydrogel.
  • the biogel may be a hydrogel bead.
  • the biogel may be a hydrogel nanoparticle.
  • the biogel may be a hydrogel droplet.
  • the biogel may be a hydrogel microdroplet. [00299]
  • the microdroplet may have a diameter measuring at least about 10 microns ( ⁇ m) to about 1000 ⁇ m.
  • the microdroplet may have a diameter measuring at least about 10 ⁇ m.
  • the microdroplet may have a diameter measuring at most about 1,000 ⁇ m.
  • the microdroplet may have a diameter measuring about 10 ⁇ m to about 50 ⁇ m, about 10 ⁇ m to about 100 ⁇ m, about 10 ⁇ m to about 200 ⁇ m, about 10 ⁇ m to about 300 ⁇ m, about 10 ⁇ m to about 400 ⁇ m, about 10 ⁇ m to about 500 ⁇ m, about 10 ⁇ m to about 600 ⁇ m, about 10 ⁇ m to about 700 ⁇ m, about 10 ⁇ m to about 800 ⁇ m, about 10 ⁇ m to about 900 ⁇ m, about 10 ⁇ m to about 1,000 ⁇ m, about 50 ⁇ m to about 100 ⁇ m, about 50 ⁇ m to about 200 ⁇ m, about 50 ⁇ m to about 300 ⁇ m, about 50 ⁇ m to about 400 ⁇ m, about 50 ⁇ m to about 500 ⁇ m, about 50 ⁇ m to about 600 ⁇ m, about 50 ⁇ m to about 700 ⁇ m, about 50 ⁇ m to about 800 ⁇ m, about 50 ⁇ m to about 900 ⁇ m, about 50
  • the microdroplet may have a diameter measuring about 10 ⁇ m, about 50 ⁇ m, about 100 ⁇ m, about 200 ⁇ m, about 300 ⁇ m, about 400 ⁇ m, about 500 ⁇ m, about 600 ⁇ m, about 700 ⁇ m, about 800 ⁇ m, about 900 ⁇ m, or about 1,000 ⁇ m.
  • the microdroplet may have a volume of about 1 microliter ( ⁇ l) to about 500 ⁇ l.
  • the microdroplet may have a volume of at least about 1 ⁇ l.
  • the microdroplet may have a volume of at most about 500 ⁇ l.
  • the microdroplet may have a volume of about 1 ⁇ l to about 2 ⁇ l, about 1 ⁇ l to about 3 ⁇ l, about 1 ⁇ l to about 4 ⁇ l, about 1 ⁇ l to about 5 ⁇ l, about 1 ⁇ l to about 10 ⁇ l, about 1 ⁇ l to about 20 ⁇ l, about 1 ⁇ l to about 25 ⁇ l, about 1 ⁇ l to about 50 ⁇ l, about 1 ⁇ l to about 75 ⁇ l, about 1 ⁇ l to about 100 ⁇ l, about 1 ⁇ l to about 500 ⁇ l, about 2 ⁇ l to about 3 ⁇ l, about 2 ⁇ l to about 4 ⁇ l, about 2 ⁇ l to about 5 ⁇ l, about 2 ⁇ l to about 10 ⁇ l, about 2 ⁇ l to about 20 ⁇ l, about 2 ⁇ l to about 25 ⁇ l, about 2 ⁇ l to about 50 ⁇ l, about 2 ⁇ l to about 75 ⁇ l, about 2 ⁇ l to about 100 ⁇ l, about 2 ⁇
  • the microdroplet may have a volume of about 1 ⁇ l, about 2 ⁇ l, about 3 ⁇ l, about 4 ⁇ l, about 5 ⁇ l, about 10 ⁇ l, about 20 ⁇ l, about 25 ⁇ l, about 50 ⁇ l, about 75 ⁇ l, about 100 ⁇ l, or about 500 ⁇ l.
  • the biogel may be a solution with a viscosity ranging from at least about 1 x 10 -3 Pascal-second (Pa ⁇ s) to about 100,000 Pa ⁇ s or more when measured at about 25 degrees Celsius (°C). When measured at about 25 degrees Celsius (°C), the biogel may have a viscosity of about 0.001 Pa ⁇ s to about 100,000 Pa ⁇ s.
  • the biogel When measured at about 25 degrees Celsius (°C), the biogel may have a viscosity of at least about 0.001 Pa ⁇ s. When measured at about 25 degrees Celsius (°C), the biogel may have a viscosity of at most about 100,000 Pa ⁇ s.
  • the biogel When measured at about 25 degrees Celsius (°C), the biogel may have a viscosity of about 0.001 Pa ⁇ s to about 0.01 Pa ⁇ s, about 0.001 Pa ⁇ s to about 0.1 Pa ⁇ s, about 0.001 Pa ⁇ s to about 1 Pa ⁇ s, about 0.001 Pa ⁇ s to about 10 Pa ⁇ s, about 0.001 Pa ⁇ s to about 100 Pa ⁇ s, about 0.001 Pa ⁇ s to about 1,000 Pa ⁇ s, about 0.001 Pa ⁇ s to about 10,000 Pa ⁇ s, about 0.001 Pa ⁇ s to about 50,000 Pa ⁇ s, about 0.001 Pa ⁇ s to about 100,000 Pa ⁇ s, about 0.01 Pa ⁇ s to about 0.1 Pa ⁇ s, about 0.01 Pa ⁇ s to about 1 Pa ⁇ s, about 0.01 Pa ⁇ s to about 10 Pa ⁇ s, about 0.01 Pa ⁇ s to about 100 Pa ⁇ s, about 0.01 Pa ⁇ s to about 1,000 Pa ⁇ s, about 0.01 Pa ⁇ s to about 10,000 Pa ⁇ s, about 0.01 Pa ⁇ s to about 50,000 Pa ⁇ s, about 0.01 Pa ⁇ s
  • the biogel When measured at about 25 degrees Celsius (°C), the biogel may have a viscosity of about 0.001 Pa ⁇ s, about 0.01 Pa ⁇ s, about 0.1 Pa ⁇ s, about 1 Pa ⁇ s, about 10 Pa ⁇ s, about 100 Pa ⁇ s, about 1,000 Pa ⁇ s, about 10,000 Pa ⁇ s, about 50,000 Pa ⁇ s, or about 100,000 Pa ⁇ s.
  • the biogel may be a hydrogel comprising a plurality of cells.
  • the biogel may be a hydrogel comprising a plurality of non-hydrogel beads.
  • the biogel may be a hydrogel comprising a plurality of non-hydrogel nanoparticles.
  • the biogel may be a hydrogel comprising a plurality of non-hydrogel microparticles.
  • the biogel may be a hydrogel comprising a plurality of non-hydrogel nanorods.
  • the biogel may be a hydrogel comprising a plurality of non-hydrogel nanoshells.
  • the biogel may be a hydrogel comprising a plurality of liposomes.
  • the biogel may be a hydrogel comprising a plurality of non-hydrogel nanowires.
  • the biogel may be a hydrogel comprising a plurality of non-hydrogel nanotubes.
  • the biogel may be a gel in which the liquid component is water.
  • a biogel may be a network of polymer chains in which water is the dispersion medium.
  • the network of polymer chains maybe a network of hydrophilic polymer chains.
  • the network of polymer chains maybe a network of hydrophobic polymer chains.
  • the biogel may be a degradable hydrogel.
  • the biogel may be a non-degradable hydrogel.
  • the biogel may be a resorbable hydrogel.
  • the biogel may be a hydrogel comprising naturally-derived polymers such as collagen.
  • the method may comprise subjecting the at least the portion of the 3D lymphoid organoid to conditions sufficient to stimulate production of the one or more immunological proteins.
  • the conditions sufficient to stimulate production of the one or more immunological proteins may comprise exposing the at least the portion of the 3D lymphoid organoid to an antigen in order to stimulate production of the one or more immunological proteins.
  • the method may further comprise extracting one or more immunological proteins from the at least portion of the 3D lymphoid organoid.
  • the immunological proteins may be selected from the list consisting of antibodies, T-cell receptors, and cancer immunotherapeutics.
  • the plurality of cells in the medium may be from a subject.
  • the plurality of cells may be autologous cells.
  • the plurality of cells may be allogeneic cells.
  • the plurality of cells may be stem cells.
  • the plurality of cells may be induced pluripotent stem cells, pluripotent stem cells, embryonic stem cells, or a combination thereof.
  • the plurality of cells may be stem cells that may be differentiated into B cells, T cells, or a combination thereof.
  • the plurality of cells may be selected from the list consisting of stromal endothelial cells, endothelial cells, follicular reticular cells or precursors thereof, na ⁇ ve B cells or other immature B cells, memory B cells, plasma B cells, helper T cells and subsets of the same, effector T cells and subsets of the same CD+8 T cells, CD4+ T cells, regulatory T cells, natural killer T cells, na ⁇ ve T cells or other immature T cells, dendritic cells and subsets of the same, follicular dendritic cells, Langerhans dendritic cells, dermally-derived dendritic cells, dendritic cell precursors, monocyte-derived dendritic cells, monocytes and subsets of the same macrophages and subsets of the same, leukocytes and subsets of the same.
  • the cells may also be derived from non-human eukaryotes.
  • the cells may be derived from sharks.
  • the cells may be derived from camels.
  • the cells may be derived from tunicates.
  • the 3D lymphoid organoid may be selected from the list consisting of a B cell germinal center, a thymic-like development niches, a lymph node, an islet of Langerhans, a hair follicle, a tumor, tumor spheroid, a neural bundle or support cells, a nephron, a liver organoid, an intestinal crypt, a primary lymphoid organ and a secondary lymphoid organ.
  • FIG.21 illustrates a four-step process in which biogels are polymerized by an energy source that includes, but is not limited to white light, single-, or multi-photon laser light for printing lymph node organoids or lymphocyte-containing organs 146 in sequential layers.
  • an energy source that includes, but is not limited to white light, single-, or multi-photon laser light for printing lymph node organoids or lymphocyte-containing organs 146 in sequential layers.
  • a basement layer 147, two cell layers, a base cell layer 148, and secondary cell layers 149 are printed. Layer by layer deposition of biogel layers may use an energy source such as white light or heat to fuse each biogel layer to each other.
  • the secondary cell layers may comprise one or more sequential layers.
  • the secondary cell layers 149 may comprise a mixture of accessory cells, T cells, and antigen.
  • the secondary cell layers 149 may comprise a protective capsule 150.
  • Step 1 shows a basement layer 147.
  • the basement layer 147 may comprise collagen or other biological, bioinert, or biocompatible material.
  • the basement layer 147 may comprise cells.
  • the basement layer 147 may not comprise cells.
  • the basement layer 147 may be polymerized by a light source 1000.
  • the biogel may not comprise a basement layer 147.
  • the basement layer 147 may act as an anchor or link for subsequent layers such as base cell layer 148 and secondary cell layers 149.
  • Step 2 shows one or more new photopolymerizable biopolymer(s) in its/their monomeric form(s) (i.e., photopolymerizable polymeric precursors).
  • the photopolymerizable polymeric precursors may comprise one or more cell types.
  • the one or more cell types are of lymphocytic or other eukaryotic origins.
  • the photopolymerizable biopolymer(s) may comprise any combination of growth factors or cell reactive proteins.
  • the photopolymerizable biopolymer(s) may comprise may be printed by any one of the previously described energy sources which may be projected by an apparatus. Antigen may be included in the print media at this stage. Antigen may not be included in the print media at this stage. [00308]
  • Step 3 may comprise repeating step 2 until the desired number of cell layers/cell types is achieved. Different cell types, media conditions, and/or photopolymerizable biopolymers may be used.
  • Step 3 shows one iteration to produce secondary cell layer 149.
  • Step 4 shows lymph node organoids or lymphocyte-containing organs 146 may be encapsulated in a mesh 150 containing few to no cells. This structure may be intended to maintain the integrity of the lymph node organoid or lymphocyte-containing organ during the culturing and development process. Any biomaterial may be used to generate the mesh 150. Cells may be encapsulated in the mesh 150. Encapsulated cells may be of any origin, including, but not limited to antigen presenting cells, stromal cells, or cells that are pre- exposed to antigen and activated for antigen presentation.
  • This final printing step may be used to deposit a structure that is contiguous with the first layer of anchored collagen or biomaterial to make a sealed and anchored lymphoid organ.
  • Wash steps using a media containing no cells and that is not a printable material may occur between any given step to ensure complete rinse and removal of the previous cells and polymerizable materials.
  • the final steps of all processes may require one or more wash steps to remove unwanted biogel and prepare tissue structures for culture.
  • Between 1 and 100 different steps may be included in the printing of lymph node organs or organoids. At least 1, 10, 50, 100, 200, 300, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 10000, 100000, 1000000, or more operations may be included in the printing of lymph node organs or organoids.
  • Lymphoid organs and organoids may be printed in a format suitable for high- throughput antibody/receptor production and screening, to include 1-, 6-, 12-, 48-, 96-, and 384-well plates. No method for de novo in vitro development of lymphoid organs in a high throughput format with two-or three-dimensional projection printing of a multicellular environment from human tissues has, as yet, been used for B- or T-cell development and receptor screening.
  • testable lymphatic organs and/or organoids may be printed by the methods disclosed herein.
  • About 200 testable lymphatic organs and/or organoids may be printed by the methods disclosed herein.
  • About 300 to about 500 testable lymphatic organs and/or organoids may be printed by the methods disclosed herein.
  • testable lymphatic organs and/or organoids may be printed by the methods disclosed herein.
  • One or more cell types of lymphocytic or other eukaryotic origins that are isolated from a donor may be used to print a lymphatic organ and/or organoid.
  • the single donor may be selected based on his, her, or its genetic traits, disease history, sex, and/or race.
  • At least 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 10000, or more testable lymphatic organs and/or organoids may be produced from a single donor.
  • About 200 testable lymphatic organs and/or organoids may be produced from a single donor.
  • About 300 to about 500 testable lymphatic organs and/or organoids may be produced from a single donor.
  • testable lymphatic organs and/or organoids may be produced from a single donor.
  • cells may be most typically encapsulated within or scaffolded on a biological, biocompatible, or bio-inert gel-forming material or biogel. Materials may be synthetic, partially synthetic, or natural. These materials may be independently photopolymerizable, may require a photoinitiator to polymerize, or may be modified to polymerize in the presence of a laser source with or without a photoinitiator.
  • Materials that may be incorporated into a biogel include but are not limited to: collagen, hyaluronic acid and other glycosaminoglycans, poly-dl-lactic-co-glycolic acid (PLGA), poly- 1-lactic acid (PLLA), polyglycolic acid (PGA), alginate, gelatin, and agar.
  • PLGA poly-dl-lactic-co-glycolic acid
  • PLLA poly- 1-lactic acid
  • PGA polyglycolic acid
  • alginate gelatin
  • gelatin and agar.
  • Varying tensile strength and structures of cellular nets to be printed may be used in different regions to promote cell motility, cell-cell interaction, and reorganization. Cells that can engage in crawling and cell-cell interaction behaviors can take up, process, and deliver antigen to responding immune cells.
  • structures that match native lymph node architecture or take on a mesh framework may be printed to facilitate cell-cell interactions and motility.
  • Structures that range between 2 and 50 micrometers in diameter for net apertures or as a distance between strands may be printed to facilitate cell-cell interactions and motility.
  • Cell types that may be included within the printed structure or surrounding media include, but are not limited to: stromal endothelial cells, endothelial cells, follicular reticular cells or precursors thereof, naive B cells or other immature B cells, memory B cells, plasma B cells, helper T cells and subsets of the same, effector T cells and subsets of the same, CD8+ T cells, CD4+ T cells, regulatory T cells, natural killer T cells, naive T cells or other immature T cells, dendritic cells and subsets of the same, follicular dendritic cells, Langerhans dendritic cells, dermally-derived dendritic cells, dendritic cell precursors, monocyte-derived dendritic cells, monocytes and subsets of the same, macrophages and subsets of the same, and leukocytes and subsets of the same.
  • the cells included in the printed structure or surrounding media may be undifferentiated cells or na ⁇ ve cells.
  • the cell types included within the printed structures may be induced to form a different type of cell or different phenotype.
  • the cell may be a na ⁇ ve cell and may be subjected to an antigen.
  • the cell may be allowed to differentiate or proliferate within the printed structure.
  • the differentiation or proliferation may be induced by cell stimulatory molecules as described elsewhere herein.
  • Each of these cell types may be isolated via blood or tissue donation from a single donor and expanded to sufficient numbers via in vitro protocol for printing of lymphoid-like tissues.
  • Some of these cell types may be immortalized from a given donor may be immortalized to promote expansion and use for protein production.
  • Cells may also be obtained from cell lines or animal sources in the case of animal-based experiments.
  • Cells may be sourced from circulating cells in the blood, a biopsy from lymph nodes, spleen, bone marrow or other tissues.
  • Cells may be sourced from any vertebrate including companion animals, rodents, large mammals, and humans.
  • Cells for a single high-throughput assay may be sourced from distinct individual donors to increase the likelihood that one may have a highly reactive antibody.
  • Cells may also be sourced from a donor with a capacity for a desired immune reaction, defined by medical or disease history, genotype, antibody response or titration, or immune reaction ongoing or induced, to increase the likelihood of a desirable immunological response, whether positive or negative.
  • the cells may be sourced from a donor based on their age, genetic traits, disease history, sex, and/or race.
  • the cells may be derived from a healthy donor.
  • the cells may be derived from a donor having a disorder or disease.
  • the cells may be derived from a tumor.
  • the cells may be derived from a donor with an organ transplant or in need of an organ transplant. Additional cells and cell types may be added or otherwise allowed to contact the printed structure.
  • cells may be embedded or printed in a structure and additional cells may be added to the structure to allow cell-cell interactions. Specific cell-cell interactions may be facilitated by extracellular or membrane associated polypeptides or other molecules. Cells may be added in specific or particular locations to allow specific or site specific cell-cell interactions.
  • Cell-cell interaction may be induced by the presence of cell stimulatory molecules, such as cytokines or other polypeptides.
  • the extracellular or membrane associated polypeptides my comprise T-cell receptors, B-cell receptors, CD4 or CD8, MHC class I, MHC class II, or other polypeptides that may facilitate cell-cell interaction or signaling.
  • Cell-cell interactions may induce cell responses as described elsewhere herein, such as differentiation, activation, cellular or clonal expansion.
  • the cells may also be derived from non-human eukaryotes. For example, the cells may be derived from sharks. The cells may be derived from camels. The cells may be derived from tunicates.
  • Cells may be printed with additional biological agent.
  • Cells may be printed with media comprising cell stimulatory molecules and may be printed in specific combinations.
  • multiple cell layers may be printed with or without chemokines, free-floating or tethered cell-signaling molecules, growth factors, cytokines, proteins, biological agents, or non-biological agents such as adjuvants or small molecules, added to the print media.
  • Cells may also be printed with micropattems or other techniques such to allow non-homogenous distribution of cells, chemical moieties associated with the matrix, or cell stimulatory molecules. Such factors may be stimulatory or inhibitory. Factors may be tethered to collagen or other biogel monomers by cross-linking prior to introduction into the printing media.
  • Addition of cell-reactive proteins to specific layers of the organoid or to the surrounding media may serve the purpose of facilitating cell organization, cell development, cell movement, and other desirable events.
  • Cell stimulatory molecules may also be concentrated in a certain area of the media prior to polymerization.
  • Cell stimulatory molecules and other biological molecules may be added to the cells prior to polymerization, during polymerization, or after polymerization.
  • growth factors for example, growth factors, pro-inflammatory cytokines, anti-inflammatory chemokines, cell-reactive proteins, soluble receptors, and other signaling factors may be incorporated into the print media, print scaffold, and/or culturing/growth media.
  • Such factors include, but are not limited to: IFN- gamma, TNF- ⁇ , TGF- ⁇ , IL-1 ⁇ , IL-1- ⁇ , IL-1ra, IL-2 IL-4, IL-6, IL-10, IL-11, IL-13, IL-21, IL- 23, soluble TNF receptor p55, soluble TNF receptor p75, soluble IL-1 receptor type 2, IL-18 binding protein, CCL2, CCL1, CCL22, CCL17, CXCR3, CXCL9, CXCL10, CXCL11, and so on. Media conditions may be changed at different time points throughout the printing and/or culturing process to promote specific immunological events.
  • growth factors for example, combinations of growth factors, pro-inflammatory cytokines, anti-inflammatory chemokines, cell-reactive proteins, soluble receptors, and other signaling factors may be used or added such to generate a specific immune events, such as activation, expansion, or differentiation.
  • Additional polypeptides or chemical compounds may be introduced to the printed structured by addition prior to, during, or after the printing process. Additional polypeptides or chemical compounds may be introduced to the printed structures via flow systems or other liquid delivery mechanisms such as bulk washes, or incubation of the structures in a liquid. The additional polypeptides or chemical compounds may be introduced via cell matrices or other surface bound or surface adjacent mechanisms. For example, a cytokine may be introduced by conjugating the cytokine to a collagen matrix.
  • the additional polypeptides or chemical compounds may be conjugated or tagged.
  • a biotinylated cytokine may be introduced flowed through the printed structure which contains streptavidin.
  • streptavidin and other compounds may be distributed non-homogenously (or specifically located) in a printed structure and may interact with the biotinylated cytokine and induce a response in a particular subset of cells.
  • Scaffolds may be generated to mimic the surfaces of other cells.
  • the scaffolds may mimic the surface of accessory cells.
  • the scaffold may comprise polypeptides, glycoproteins, sugars, or other surface associated molecules. Contacting these scaffolds with the printed structures and/or cells may induce immunological responses and may be used to investigate cellular responses.
  • the cells may be derived from particular or specific subject and the cellular response may be indicative of the subject’s response to the mimicked surface and/or its physiological counterpart.
  • Immunological events may be induced by changes in cell culture medium or components added to cell culture medium. Examples of inducible immunological events include cell proliferation; release of specific cytokines and/or chemokines; secretion of receptors and cell-secreted proteins, including antibodies; evolution of receptors and cell- secreted proteins, including antibodies; or cellular alterations including, but not limited to, cell health, cell morphology, expressed proteins, and cell developmental state.
  • the cells may induce or skew cell development towards production of a specific isotype of immunoglobulin for example, IgE or IgA.
  • the immunological events may be a cell activation.
  • the immunological event may be a T effector memory cell development, T central memory cell development, regulatory T-cell development, a naive T-cell expansion, naive B-cell expansion Use of Printed/Extruded Lymph Node for Generation or Assessment of Antibodies, T cell Receptors, Immunological Products, or Immune Responses [00322] Lymphoid organs and organoids may be used to produce novel cell-secreted and/or membrane-bound immunological proteins, including antibodies and T cell receptors.
  • lymphoid organs and/or organoids produced by the methods described herein, may be used to produce cancer immunotherapeutics.
  • the lymphoid organs and/or organoids, produced by the methods described herein may be used to produce T cells. Lymphoid organs and/or organoids, produced by the methods described herein, may be used to predict a cytokine release.
  • the lymphoid organs and/or organoids, produced by the methods described herein may provide in vivo cellular organization that is required for antibody affinity maturation.
  • Antibodies and other receptors, the cells or cell lines that generate them, and/or the genetic sequences that encode them may be produced by antigen challenge.
  • Antibodies and other receptors may be generated from a single blood donation sample.
  • Antibodies and other receptors may be generated from a plurality of blood donation samples.
  • Antibodies or receptors produced by the methods disclosed herein may be generated in at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more weeks.
  • Antibodies or receptors, produced by the methods disclosed herein may be generated in about six weeks.
  • Antibodies or receptors, produced by the methods disclosed herein may be generated in about ten weeks.
  • Antibodies or receptors, produced by the methods disclosed herein may be generated in about four weeks to about twelve weeks.
  • Antibodies or receptors, produced by the methods disclosed herein may be generated in the absence of animal and/or human surrogates.
  • the antibodies, produced by the methods disclosed herein may be fully human IgG antibodies.
  • the antibodies, produced by the methods disclosed herein may be reactive to protein-based target antigens.
  • the antibodies, produced by the methods disclosed herein may have an affinity for a target antigen of at least 0.01 pM, 0.1 pM, 1 pM, 10 pM, 100 pM, 1 nM, 10 nM, 100 nM, 200 nM, 300 nM, 400 nM, 500 nM, 600 nM 700 nM, 800 nM, 900 nM, 1000 nM, or more.
  • the antibodies, produced by the methods disclosed herein, may have an affinity for a target antigen of about 500 nM.
  • Antigen may be introduced into the cellular media and/or the printed scaffolding at any stage during the printing process; may be pre-incubated with a cell type or multiple cell types to be printed, including antigen-presenting cells such as follicular dendritic cells; or may be introduced into the printed lymphoid structure at any point during the development of the lymphoid structure.
  • the same antigen may be introduced at multiple time points and/or stages in the printing and development process of the lymphoid structure.
  • Antigen may be introduced by a variety of methods, including, but not limited to: injection, delivery of cells cultured with antigen, deposition of antigen onto the surface of the lymph node organoid in a patch, introduction of antigen through lymphoid or circulatory microvasculature (if present), or introduction of soluble antigen in the media surrounding the lymph node.
  • Antigens that may be introduced include, but are not limited to natural or engineered: whole peptides, partial peptides, glycopeptides, whole proteins or protein subunits, carbohydrates, nucleic acids, live virus, heat-killed virus, viral particles, virus components, lipid nano discs that contain embedded antigen, membrane bound or stabilized proteins, phage displayed antigens, and whole-cells.
  • Antigen may be a theoretically innocuous stimulus (e.g., in the case of allergies) or may be a self-antigen (e.g., in the case of autoimmune disease or cancer).
  • antibody libraries may be compatible with phage display, ribosome display, yeast display, bacterial display, mRNA display, and additional antibody directed evolution technologies.
  • Antigen library, peptide libraries, and antibody libraries may be used to identify antibody- antigen pairs and map epitopes. For example, whole peptides may be used as an antigen to generate an antibodies against the antigen.
  • the antibodies generated may be screened against a library comprising overlapping peptides sequences corresponding to fragments of the antigens to identify a specific peptide region of the antigen that the antibodies are able to bind to.
  • Antigen may be introduced to the lymph node organoid by adding a prepared antigen mixture to the media in which the lymph node organoid is cultured.
  • Antigen may be introduced between 1 hour to 7 days after formation of the lymph node organoid to initiate an antigen targeted immune response.
  • the antigen may be introduced between at least 1 hour, 2 hours, 3 hours, 4 hours, 5 hours, 6 hours, 7 hours, 8 hours, 9 hours, 10 hours, 11 hours, 12 hours, 13 hours, 14 hours, 15 hours, 16 hours, 17 hours, 18 hours, 19 hours, 20 hours, 21 hours, 22 hours, 23 hours, 24 hours, or more, after formation of the lymph node.
  • the antigen may be introduced between at least 1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, 7 days, or more, after formation of the lymph node.
  • Antigen may be introduced into the formed lymph node organoid by introducing pre- pulsed antigen presenting cells.
  • the antigen presenting cells that have been pre-pulsed can comprise between 1% and 50% of total antigen presenting cells in the antigen presenting component of the organoid.
  • Antigen presenting cells in the B cell niche may be pulsed separately and added to the B cell niche.
  • the antigen presenting cells can comprise between 1- 50% of total cells in the niche.
  • Antigen may be introduced by transfecting cells in the lymph node organoid or adjacent to the lymph node organoid in instances of co-culture with other cell types.
  • the antigen may be introduced by addition of genetic material to the organoid culture including plasmids, linear DNA, or mRNA.
  • the genetic material can be used to generate polypeptide antigens that will interact with the cells of the organoid
  • Antigen may be introduced by the addition of cells to the lymph node organoid that have been pre-treated with genetic material that induces the expression of the antigen including plasmids, linear DNA, or mRNA.
  • the cells that have been pretreated can be between 0.5% to 50% of the total cells.
  • Antigen may be re-introduced by adding it to the culture media at various times for the lifetime of the lymph node organoid culture. Antigens may be introduced at various times up to 60 days. For example ,the antigen may be added every day for 60 days.
  • Antigen challenge for B cell development of antigen specific antibodies and development of a directed adaptive immune response which may be characterized by cell activation, differentiation, and B cell antibody development as well as antigen-specific T cell proliferation and antigen presenting cell activation within the lymph node organoid.
  • Biologic and/or non-biologic immune adjuvants immunostimulatory or immunomodulatory molecules, that can promote, prolong, speed, or initiate an immune response may be introduced with, prior to, or following antigen introduction.
  • Adjuvants include, including, but are not limited to, alum and Toll-like Receptor (TLR)- stimulating compounds, bacterial sugars, cytokines, or co-stimulatory antibodies that modulate immune responses of in the lymph node organoid cells.
  • TLR4 Toll-like Receptor
  • TLR7 TLR7
  • TLR9 immunostimulatory molecules can be used.
  • Adjuvant may be introduced by the same or different means of introduction as antigen.
  • Biologic and/or non-biologic agents intended to dampen, delay, slow, or halt an immune response may be introduced with, prior to, or following antigen introduction.
  • Adjuvant may be introduced with, prior to, or following such inhibitory agents, or may not be introduced in association with inhibitory agents.
  • Antigen and immunomodulatory and/or immunostimulatory molecules can be tuned to match the size of the organoid. In the case of eliciting a response to ‘self-antigen’, the antigen and immunomodulatory and/or immunostimulatory molecules can be designed to overcome endogenous tolerance mechanisms. For example, human tolerance to ‘self-antigens’ can be broken, by use of TLR4, TLR7, and TLR9 immunostimulatory molecules are in conjunction with antigen absorption to aluminum hydroxide.
  • Antibodies, antigen, antigen derived polypeptides, secreted receptor, partial cells, or whole cells may be collected following completion or partial completion of an immunological response. Methods of extraction may result in destruction of the printed lymphoid structure or may leave the lymphoid structure intact for further use or analysis. Methods of extraction of a desired product may include, but are not limited to: flow cytometry-based cell sorting (FACS), single-cell dilution from culture, selection based on surface antibody expression, and selection based on microfluidics methods and channels.
  • FACS flow cytometry-based cell sorting
  • Single-cell dilution from culture selection based on surface antibody expression
  • selection based on microfluidics methods and channels selection based on microfluidics methods and channels.
  • Secreted products may be collected by media collection. The products may be sequenced using nucleic acid or polypeptides sequencing techniques.
  • Specific cells or cell derivatives may be identified and/or characterized using flow cytometry-based cell sorting (FACS), selection based on surface polypeptide expression, or other affinity or tag based techniques.
  • Polypeptides may also be characterized or isolated using chromatographic techniques, such as, for example, affinity chromatography, size exclusion chromatography, reverse phase chromatography, ion exchange chromatography.
  • the response may comprise the generation of peptides derived from the antigen.
  • the antigen may be processed by the immune cells and peptides derived from the antigen may be displayed on an immune cell and generate additional immune responses.
  • the peptides and associated immune response may be characterized.
  • the peptides may be extracted, collected, eluted, or otherwise isolated from an immune cells.
  • the peptides may be sequenced to determine the peptides sequence.
  • the response may comprise the generation of polypeptides that may interact with antigens or antigen derived peptides.
  • the cells may generate membrane bound or soluble T-cell receptors, B-cell receptors, or antibodies that are able to bind or otherwise interact with an antigen or antigen derived peptides.
  • the sequences of the T-cell receptors, B-cell receptors, or antibodies may comprise variations that allow the polypeptide to have an increased specificity to a particular antigen.
  • Polypeptides and nucleic acids associated, derived from, or generated by the immune cells may be characterized.
  • the DNA sequences of the immune cells may be analyzed.
  • the mRNA sequences of the immune cells may be analyzed.
  • the characterization may comprise determination or analysis of T-cell receptor sequences, B-cell receptor sequences, immunoglobulin sequences.
  • the sequences may be polypeptide sequences or nucleic acid sequences.
  • the characterization may comprise identifying pairs of molecules are correlated or interacting with one another.
  • the immune cell may generate antibodies and also generated antigen peptides.
  • the antibody may be identified as able to bind the antigen peptides or the antigen from where the antigen peptide is derived. [00340] Elucidation of the sequence of the polypeptides may be used to generate novel therapeutics to a particular antigen.
  • the identity and sequences of epitopes of the antigens may also be characterized. Epitope determination may be performed using peptide based libraries, screening techniques, or structural characterization of the polypeptides.
  • the disclosure comprises 3D lymphoid organoids and associated assays or tests.
  • the lymphoid organoid can be on or off a tissue support scaffold, cultured with media with or without flow, and responds to treatment with challenge compounds and formulations.
  • the immune cells within the system activate/respond with any combination of transcriptome changes (particularly up regulation of genes involved in an active immune response), metabolome changes, proteome changes (particularly the production of cytokines and immunoglobulins), and increased proliferation.
  • Printed lymphoid organs and/or organoids may alternately or additionally be used to assess immunological events, cellular interactions, cellular changes, and other measurable or perceivable events for purposes including, but not limited to: vaccine development; vaccine evaluation, including both potential for damage to the immune system (e.g., safety testing) and evaluation of immune response with or without introduction of the antigen against which the vaccine is intended to act (e.g., efficacy evaluation); pharmaceutical testing of biologic and/or non-biologic drug compounds or drug combinations, including potential for damage to the immune system (e.g., safety testing) and evaluation of a drug's effect on the immune system, whether intentional (e.g., efficacy evaluation) or unintentional (e.g., side-effect testing); screening of potentially immune-acting biologic and nonbiologic agents intended for therapeutic or other use, especially where a high-throughput printing design is used; basic research of immunological response and cellular interactions under a variety of laboratory- induced or naturally occurring conditions; and diagnostic evaluations including,
  • Antigens for transplant evaluation and reactivity of a patient's immune system may include antigens associated with allergy, autoimmune disease, cancer, beneficial microbes and viruses, and/or harmful or potentially harmful microbes and viruses.
  • An antigen or plurality of antigens may be obtained from a sample known or suspected to be antigenic (whole live virus, whole live cells, whole inactivated virus, whole inactivated or dead cells, viral lysate, cell lysate, viral protein isolates, cellular protein isolates, or pseudovirus, etc.), provided from a clinical sample (tumor biopsy, peripheral blood, peripheral blood mononuclear cells, blood plasma or serum, nasal swab, oropharyngeal swab, sputum sample, cerebrospinal fluid, biopsy of an infected tissue, lung biopsy, liver biopsy, spleen biopsy, or lymph node biopsy, etc.), or sampled from a deceased donor.
  • the provided system herein may be used for patient-specific therapeutic development based on patient-specific antigens.
  • the system may be configured for taking a patient’s tumor cells and rapidly developing a personal immunotherapy against patient-specific tumor antigens. The process could involve drawing the same patient’s blood or screening against a genetically diverse panel of engineered tissues.
  • the antigens derived from the patient’s bloods can be subjected to engineered tissues which may generate antibodies, cells, or other biological molecules which may be used as a therapeutic.
  • patient-specific monoclonal, polyclonal, or IVIG therapeutics among others could be developed using the isolated antigens. Antigens specific to chemo-resistant and refractory cells post treatment can be identified.
  • chemo-resistant and refractory cells post treatment may be extracted or isolated and then subject engineered tissues these cells.
  • the engineered tissues may generate immunoglobulin based therapeutics against these specific which may be used as a therapeutic for treating against these cells.
  • the disclosed system herein may be used for pandemic response and preparedness against biological microbes, such as viruses or bacteria.
  • the system may be able to generate a plurality of cells that are subjected to antigens of novel infectious agents preemptively or in response to a pandemic.
  • the resulting cells may be transferred to a subject to provide immunity against the novel infectious agents for a subject.
  • a novel virus may be used an antigen to generate therapeutics against the novel virus.
  • Antigen discovery may be coupled with the development of therapeutics or prophylactic agents, including through bioinformatic or laboratory analysis of existing therapeutics or prophylactic agents that may effectively neutralize the infectious agent, and also including through the development of novel antibodies against the antigen, including within this system.
  • the disclosed platform comprising the 3D bio-printed/extruded engineered tissue may be configured for patient-specific testing and personalized-medicine development. Therapies for patient specific responses (inflammation, allergy response markers, autoimmune response markers, cytokine storm, etc.) may be performed using the disclosed platforms.
  • An example process may involve drawing patient blood, forming patient-specific lymphoid organoids, and generating patient-specific immune responses to compounds prior to administration of a drug or addition of the cells to the subject.
  • a 3D organoid may be printed using a patient’s cells. Cancer cells may be used as antigen and the 3D organoid may be subjected to cancer cells and the response may be analyzed or any cells or immunological proteins may be extracted or isolated as a therapy. A similar method may be performed for allergens, where the 3D organoid is subjected to a library of potential allergens.
  • any genetic factor may be used to generate a cell therapy by using 3D organoids comprised of cells corresponding to a given genetic factor, or subjecting an antigen derived from cells corresponding to a given genetic factor.
  • the disclosed platform comprising the 3D bio-printed/extruded engineered tissue may be configured for transplant-compatibility.
  • the disclosed platform comprising the 3D bio-printed engineered tissue may be configured for subjecting patient-specific engineered tissues to allograft, xenograft, whole tissue donation, or whole organ donation.
  • the engineered tissue may comprise cells from a patient and may be subjected to cells from an organ donor. The response of the engineered tissue may be generated and then transferred into the subject.
  • the disclosed platform comprising the 3D bio-printed/extruded engineered tissue may be configured for vaccines.
  • the printed structure may be used generate and characterize a cell-based response to vaccines or components
  • Vaccine components, or formulations of vaccines may be allowed to contact the printed structures and the cells may provide a response.
  • the efficacy of the vaccine or potential toxicity or side effects may be identified by analysis of the cells. Particular functions may be ascertained by characterizing lymphocytes (regulatory T cells, B-cells, etc.), macrophage, and/or neutrophil activation or suppression of cells in the printed structure.
  • the assay may act as a predictive tool for patient specific or formulation/treatment specific side effects.
  • the assays may be used to identify vaccine-induced autoimmune disease (e.g., Tregs may be activated), cancer (e.g., Tregs may be suppressed, immune checkpoint inhibition), tissue engineering materials & processes responses.
  • the immunized tissues may then be transferred back into the subject to provide cells that are responsive to the vaccine or biomolecules of which the vaccine provides immunity and recognition against.
  • the disclosed platform comprising the 3D bio-printed/extruded engineered tissue may be configured for immunogenicity studies.
  • the disclosed platform comprising the 3D bio-printed/extruded engineered tissue may be configured for testing compounds/materials resulting immune response and can analyze off target immune responses, anti-drug antibodies, or cytokine storms.
  • an assay may be a drug efficacy study to analyze any immune response to identify potential obstacles to efficacy.
  • Therapeutics or formulation components may be tested on the 3D bio-printed/extruded tissues to analyze potential side effect and efficacy of particular components, formulations or therapeutics.
  • Using patient derived cells in the bio printed engineered tissue may allow an assay to replicate a patient specific response.
  • a organoid may be derived from patient cells and then subjected to a vaccine, antigen, or potentially toxic molecule,
  • the response outputted or characterized may indicate a patient specific response and may allow personalized treatments or the generation of patient specific data that may be used for generation of a therapeutic or treatment regimen.
  • subject or patient derived cells may comprise a mutation or variants that is present in a population of individuals and may be used as a proxy or assay for how induvial in a given population may react to a treatment, antigenic compound, or other molecule.
  • Immunological events that may be measured or observed for such purposes include, but are not limited to: lymphocyte behavior, activation state, phenotype, proliferation rate, cellular interactions, changes in cellular interactions, expression of internal and external markers of cell activation, expression of polypeptides, transcription of nucleic acids, splicing of nucleic acids, and/or rearrangement of nucleic acid sequences.
  • Measurements that can be made to evaluate such immunological events include, but are not limited to: nucleic acid sequencing, polypeptide sequencing, polypeptide translation, proteomic analysis, transcriptomic analysis, antibody class-switching; cytokine-based responses; cell differentiation; responses to adjuvants for vaccination; responses to vaccines; cell proliferation; cell killing; cell phenotype; changes in cell phenotype, whether induced or as part of natural developmental processes; memory cell development; memory cell recall; assessment of memory cell populations endogenous to the donor; any predictive measurements, including immune responses for pharmaceutical testing or evaluation of allergic responses; and so on, according to existing or yet non-existent protocols for assessing immunological events.
  • the printed lymphoid organs and organoids, produced by the methods described herein, may be used to predict a cytokine release.
  • the cytokine storm predictive assay may predict cytokine release induced by a therapeutic.
  • the storm predictive assay may predict a cytokine release induced by an antibody-based therapeutic, a small molecule therapeutic, a cell-based therapeutic, a peptide, a nucleic acid, or any combinations thereof.
  • the cytokine storm predictive assay may predict a cytokine release in humans, primates, and/or rodents.
  • the cytokine storm predictive assay may measure the levels of inflammatory mediators such as cytokines, oxygen free radicals, and coagulation factors.
  • the cytokine storm predictive assay may measure pro-inflammatory cytokines, anti-inflammatory cytokines, colony- stimulating factors, interferons, interleukins, and/or tumor necrosis factors that are released as a result of the cytokine storm.
  • the cytokines measured by the cytokine storm predictive assay may be tumor necrosis factor-a (TNF-a), interferon-gamma (IFN-y), interleukin-2 (IL-2), IL- 4, IL-6, IL-8, IL-10, IL- ⁇ , IL-1 ⁇ , IL-1 receptor antagonist, granulocyte-macrophage colonystimulating factor (GM-CSF), macrophage colony-stimulating factor (M-CSF), and granulocyte colony-stimulating factor (G-CSF), CXCR3, CXCL9, CXCL10, and/or CXCL11.
  • Measurements of immune responses can be performed by methods that include, but are not limited to, use of whole cells; sorting or isolating cells based on their cellular phenotype, which may include morphology and/or receptor expression profile; and collection of serum or media for purposes including the evaluation of secretion rate or specific secreted molecules.
  • Methods that may be used to assess cellular state or changes in cellular state include, but are not limited to: enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISA), partial genetic sequencing or sequencing of a particular genomic locus, full-genome sequencing, gel electrophoresis of proteins or nucleic acids, polymerase chain reaction (PCR), quantitative PCR, reverse-transcription PCR, Western blot, flow cytometry for analysis of cell phenotype or activation state, antibody selection, mass spectrometry, and so on.
  • ELISA enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays
  • partial genetic sequencing or sequencing of a particular genomic locus full-genome sequencing
  • gel electrophoresis of proteins or nucleic acids gel electrophoresis of proteins or nucleic acids
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • quantitative PCR reverse-transcription PCR
  • Western blot flow cytometry for analysis of cell phenotype or activation state
  • antibody selection mass spectrometry, and so on.
  • a method of using a three-dimensional (3D) cell-containing matrix comprises: providing a media chamber comprising a medium comprising (i) a plurality of cells and (ii) one or more polymer precursors.
  • the method may comprise directing at least one energy beam to the medium in the media chamber along at least one energy beam path that is patterned into a three-dimensional (3D) projection in accordance with computer instructions for printing the 3D cell-containing medical device in computer memory, to form at least a portion of the 3D cell-containing matrix comprising (i) at least a subset of the plurality of cells, and (ii) a polymer formed from the one or more polymer precursors.
  • the method may comprise positioning the 3D cell-containing matrix in a subject.
  • a method of using a three-dimensional (3D) cell-containing matrix comprises (i) printing the 3D cell-containing matrix comprising a plurality of cells, and (ii) positioning the 3D cell-containing matrix in a subject.
  • a method for using a three-dimensional (3D) cell-containing matrix comprises providing a media chamber comprising a first medium.
  • the first medium may comprise a first plurality of cells and a first polymeric precursor.
  • the method may comprise directing at least one energy beam to the first medium in the media chamber along at least one energy beam path in accordance with computer instructions for printing the 3D cell- containing matrix in computer memory, to subject at least a portion of the first medium in the media chamber to form a first portion of the 3D cell-containing matrix.
  • the method may comprise providing a second medium in the media chamber.
  • the second medium may comprise a second plurality of cells and a second polymeric precursor.
  • the second plurality of cells may be of a different type than the first plurality of cells.
  • the method may comprise directing at least one energy beam to the second medium in the media chamber along at least one energy beam path in accordance with the computer instructions, to subject at least a portion of the second medium in the media chamber to form a second portion of the 3D cell- containing matrix.
  • the method may comprise positioning the first and second portions of the 3D cell-containing matrix in a subject.
  • a method of using a three-dimensional (3D) cell-containing matrix comprises (i) printing the 3D cell-containing matrix comprising a first plurality of cells and a second plurality of cells.
  • the first plurality of cells may be different from the second plurality of cells.
  • the method may comprise (ii) positioning the 3D cell- containing matrix in a subject.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for generating a scaffold comprising: a) providing a media comprising a plurality of polymer precursor molecules and generating a three-dimensional (3D) projection of a 3D object in said media to form a 3D cell- containing matrix corresponding to at least a portion of said 3D object, wherein the 3D cell- containing matrix comprises plurality of cells.
  • the media may comprises said plurality of cells prior to generating said 3D projection.
  • the method may comprise, subsequent to forming a polymer matrix, adding he plurality of cells to generate a 3D cell-containing matrix.
  • the plurality of cells may be from a subject.
  • the plurality of cells may be derived from a patient.
  • the plurality of cells may comprise healthy cells.
  • the plurality of cells may comprise diseased cells.
  • the plurality of cells may comprise cells comprising genetic mutation or variants.
  • the plurality of cells may be tumor cells or be cells derived from a tumor.
  • the cells may be derived from a subject that is healthy, diseased, immune compromised, immune suppressed, or pregnant.
  • the subject may have an organ transplant or are in need of an organ transplant.
  • the subject may have cancer.
  • the plurality of cells may be selected from the list consisting of stromal endothelial cells, endothelial cells, follicular reticular cells or precursors thereof, na ⁇ ve B cells or other immature B cells, memory B cells, plasma B cells, helper T cells and subsets of the same, effector T cells and subsets of the same CD+8 T cells, CD4+ T cells, regulatory T cells, natural killer T cells, na ⁇ ve T cells or other immature T cells, dendritic cells and subsets of the same, follicular dendritic cells, Langerhans dendritic cells, dermally-derived dendritic cells, dendritic cell precursors, monocyte-derived dendritic cells, monocytes and subsets of the same macrophages and subsets of the same, leukocytes and subsets of the same.
  • the B cells may be selected from the list consisting of na ⁇ ve B cells, mature B cells, plasma B cells, B1 B cells and B2 B cells.
  • the T cells may be selected from the list consisting of CD8+ and CD4+.
  • the cells may be stem cells.
  • the cells may have constitutively active expression, inducible expression, or suppressible (e.g., comprising a negative feedback loop) expression of a given polypeptide or metabolite.
  • the cells may secrete, express or be conjugated to immunoglobulin proteins, such as immunoglobulin proteins described elsewhere herein (e.g., IgA, IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD).
  • the immunoglobulin proteins may be antigen specific or non-specific.
  • the cells may lymphocytes, or derived from bone marrow or whole lymph nodes.
  • the cells maybe microglia, astroglia, or granulocytes.
  • the 3D cell-containing matrix may form a suture, stent, staple, clip, strand, patch, graft, sheet, tube, pin, or screws.
  • the graft may be selected from the list consisting of skin implant, uterine lining, neural tissue implant, bladder wall, intestinal tissue, esophageal lining, stomach lining, hair follicle embed skin, and retina tissue.
  • the 3D cell-containing matrix may be from about 1 micrometer ( ⁇ m) to about 10 centimeters (cm).
  • the 3D cell-containing matrix may be from at least about 5 ⁇ m to about 10 cm or more.
  • the 3D cell-containing matrix may be from at least about 10 ⁇ m to about 10 cm or more.
  • the 3D cell-containing matrix may be from at least about 100 ⁇ m to about 10 cm or more.
  • the 3D cell-containing matrix may be from at least about 500 ⁇ m to about 10 cm or more.
  • the 3D cell-containing matrix may be from at least about 1000 ⁇ m to about 10 cm or more.
  • the 3D cell-containing matrix may be from at least about 1 cm to about 10 cm or more.
  • the 3D cell-containing matrix may be from about at least 5 to about 10 cm or more. [00363]
  • the 3D cell-containing matrix may be about 1 ⁇ m to about 1,000 ⁇ m.
  • the 3D cell- containing matrix may be at least about 1 ⁇ m.
  • the 3D cell-containing matrix may be at most about 1,000 ⁇ m.
  • the 3D cell-containing matrix may be about 1 ⁇ m to about 5 ⁇ m, about 1 ⁇ m to about 10 ⁇ m, about 1 ⁇ m to about 100 ⁇ m, about 1 ⁇ m to about 1,000 ⁇ m, about 5 ⁇ m to about 10 ⁇ m, about 5 ⁇ m to about 100 ⁇ m, about 5 ⁇ m to about 1,000 ⁇ m, about 10 ⁇ m to about 100 ⁇ m, about 10 ⁇ m to about 1,000 ⁇ m, or about 100 ⁇ m to about 1,000 ⁇ m.
  • the 3D cell-containing matrix may be about 1 ⁇ m, about 5 ⁇ m, about 10 ⁇ m, about 100 ⁇ m, or about 1,000 ⁇ m. [00364]
  • the 3D cell-containing matrix may be about 0.5 cm to about 10 cm.
  • the 3D cell- containing matrix may be at least about 0.5 cm.
  • the 3D cell-containing matrix may be at most about 10 cm.
  • the 3D cell-containing matrix may be about 0.5 cm to about 1 cm, about 0.5 cm to about 2 cm, about 0.5 cm to about 3 cm, about 0.5 cm to about 4 cm, about 0.5 cm to about 5 cm, about 0.5 cm to about 6 cm, about 0.5 cm to about 7 cm, about 0.5 cm to about 8 cm, about 0.5 cm to about 9 cm, about 0.5 cm to about 10 cm, about 1 cm to about 2 cm, about 1 cm to about 3 cm, about 1 cm to about 4 cm, about 1 cm to about 5 cm, about 1 cm to about 6 cm, about 1 cm to about 7 cm, about 1 cm to about 8 cm, about 1 cm to about 9 cm, about 1 cm to about 10 cm, about 2 cm to about 3 cm, about 2 cm to about 4 cm, about 2 cm to about 5 cm, about 2 cm to about 6 cm, about 2 cm to about 7 cm, about 2 cm to about 8 cm, about 2 cm to about 9 cm, about 2 cm to about 10 cm, about 3 cm to about 4 cm, about 2 cm to about 5 cm, about 2 cm
  • the 3D cell-containing matrix may be about 0.5 cm, about 1 cm, about 2 cm, about 3 cm, about 4 cm, about 5 cm, about 6 cm, about 7 cm, about 8 cm, about 9 cm, or about 10 cm. [00365]
  • the 3D cell-containing matrix may be at least about 1 ⁇ m or more.
  • the 3D cell-containing matrix may be at least about 5 ⁇ m or more.
  • the 3D cell-containing matrix may be at least about 10 ⁇ m or more.
  • the 3D cell-containing matrix may be at least about 50 ⁇ m or more.
  • the 3D cell-containing matrix may be at least about 100 ⁇ m or more.
  • the 3D cell- containing matrix may be at least about 1000 ⁇ m or more.
  • the 3D cell-containing matrix may be at least about 0.5 cm or more.
  • the 3D cell-containing matrix may be at least about 1 cm or more.
  • the 3D cell-containing matrix may be at least about 5 cm or more.
  • the 3D cell-containing matrix may be at least about 10 cm or more.
  • the 3D cell-containing matrix may comprise an agent to promote growth of vasculature or nerves.
  • the agent may be selected from the group consisting of growth factors, cytokines, chemokines, antibiotics, anticoagulants, anti-inflammatory agents, opioid pain- relieving agents, non-opioid pain-relieving agents, immune-suppressing agents, immune- inducing agents, monoclonal antibodies and stem cell proliferating agents.
  • Another aspect of the present disclosure provides a system for producing one or more immunological proteins, comprising a media chamber configured to contain a first medium comprising a first plurality of cells and a first plurality of polymer precursors.
  • the system may comprise at least one energy source configured to direct at least one energy beam to the media chamber.
  • the system may comprise one or more computer processors operatively coupled to the at least one energy source.
  • the one or more computer processors may be individually or collectively programmed to receive computer instructions for printing a three-dimensional (3D) lymphoid organoid from computer memory.
  • the one or more computer processors may be individually or collectively programmed to direct the at least one energy source to direct the at least one energy beam to the first medium in the media chamber along at least one energy beam path in accordance with the computer instruction, to subject at least a portion of the first polymer precursors to form at least a portion of the 3D lymphoid organoid.
  • the one or more computer processors may be individually or collectively programmed to direct the at least one energy source to direct the at least one energy beam to a second medium in the media chamber along at least one energy beam path in accordance with the computer instructions, to subject at least a portion of the second medium in the media chamber to form at least a second portion of the 3D lymphoid organoid.
  • the second medium may comprise a second plurality of cells and a second plurality of polymeric precursors.
  • the second plurality of cells may be of a different type than the first plurality of cell.
  • the one or more computer processors may be individually or collectively programmed to subject the first and second portions of the 3D lymphoid organoid to conditions sufficient to stimulate production of the one or more immunological proteins.
  • the one or more computer processors may be individually or collectively further programmed to extract the one or more immunological proteins from the first and second portions of the 3D lymphoid organoid.
  • FIG.24 illustrates devices and materials that may include cells 400 embedded within the materials that comprise the devices.
  • Materials that may be used to print 3D cell-containing matrices or devices include degradable polymers, non-degradable polymers, biocompatible polymers, extracellular matrix components, bioabsorbable polymers, hydrogels, or any combination thereof.
  • bioasborbable polymers include polyesters, polyamino acids, polyanhydrides, polyorthoesters, polyurethanes, and polycarbonates.
  • biocompatible polymers include collagen, hyaluronic acid and other glycosaminoglycans, poly-dl-lactic-co-glycolic acid (PLGA), poly-1-lactic acid (PLLA), polyglycolic acid (PGA), alginate, gelatin, agar, or a combination thereof.
  • the biocompatible polymer may comprise an extracellular matrix component.
  • extracellular matrix components may include proteoglycans such as heparan sulfate, chondroitin sulfate, and keratan sulfate, non-proteoglycan polysaccharide such as hyaluronic acid, collagen, and elastin, fibronectin, laminin, nidogen, or any combination thereof.
  • extracellular matrix components may be functionalized with acrylate, diacrylate, methacrylate, cinnamoyl, coumarin, thymine, or other side-group or chemically reactive moiety to facilitate cross-linking induced directly by multi-photon excitation or by multi-photon excitation of one or more chemical doping agents.
  • photopolymerizable macromers and/or photopolymerizable monomers may be used in conjunction with the extracellular matrix components to create cell-containing structures.
  • Non-limiting examples of photopolymerizable macromers may include polyethylene glycol (PEG) acrylate derivatives, PEG methacrylate derivatives, and polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) derivatives.
  • collagen used to create cell containing structure may be fibrillar collagen such as type I, II, III, V, and XI collagen, facit collagen such as type IX, XII, and XIV collagen, short chain collagen such as type VIII and X collagen, basement membrane collagen such as type IV collagen, type VI collagen, type VII collagen, type XIII collagen, or any combination thereof.
  • the biocompatible polymer may comprise other polymerizable monomers that are synthesized and not native to mammalian tissues, comprising a hybrid of biologic and synthetic materials.
  • the biocompatible polymer may comprise a photoinitiator.
  • Non-limiting examples of photoinitiators may include azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN), benzoin derivatives, benziketals, hydroxyalkylphenones, acetophenone derivatives, trimethylolpropane triacrylate (TPT), acryloyl chloride, benzoyl peroxide, camphorquinone, benzophenone, thioxanthones, and 2-hydroxy-1-[4-(hydroxyethoxy)phenyl]-2-methyl-1-propanone.
  • AIBN azobisisobutyronitrile
  • benzoin derivatives benziketals
  • hydroxyalkylphenones hydroxyalkylphenones
  • acetophenone derivatives trimethylolpropane triacrylate (TPT)
  • TPT trimethylolpropane triacrylate
  • acryloyl chloride benzoyl peroxide
  • camphorquinone benzophenone
  • thioxanthones 2-hydroxy-1-
  • Hydroxyalkylphenones may include 4-(2- hydroxyethylethoxy)-phenyl–(2-hydroxy-2-methyl propyl) ketone (Irgacure® 295), 1-hidroxycyclohexyl-1-phenyl ketone (Irgacure® 184) and 2,2- dimethoxy- 2-phenylacetophenone (Irgacure® 651).
  • Acetophenone derivatives may include 2,2- dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone (DMPA).
  • Thioxanthones may include isopropyl thioxanthone.
  • the device may bring two pieces of tissue together, the cells may migrate within or out of the device, interact with other cells locally to promote healing and tissue remodeling around or within the cell containing bio-resorbable device.
  • the cell- containing, bio-resorbable medical devices may be sutures 401 of any length or width, staples 402, stents 403 of any length or width, clips 404 which may be locking or compressible, patches and grafts 405 of arbitrary shapes and sizes, and/or similar structures intended to be used in a living subject.
  • Single or multi-layered patches and grafts of arbitrary shape and size 406 can be created out of multiple different cells types to promote tissue development, augment tissue function, and/or healing.
  • Patches and grafts may be made out of printed scaffolds that are porous or tubular in structure to allow for delivery of adequate nutrition for embedded cells via perfusion.
  • Mesh patches can be used to improve elasticity and structural support for lymphatics, vasculature, and nerves, and thereby improving functionality of grafted tissue.
  • Grafts may include but are not limited to: skin implant, uterine lining, neural tissue implant, bladder wall, intestinal tissue, esophageal lining, stomach lining, hair follicle embedded skin, retina tissue, or any combination thereof.
  • Devices may be printed using synthetic or biological materials that may or may not mimic natural extracellular matrix scaffolding.
  • FIG.25 illustrates bone-resorbable screws 407, pins 408, and other size or shape grafts with the purpose of holding tissue together, wound healing, while remaining implanted in the body.
  • the examples illustrated in FIG.25 may comprise cells.
  • the holographically printed grafts and/or patches may comprise a variety of shapes, such as but not limited to oblong, rectangular, oval, any other polygonal shape, or any amorphous shape required to repair or reinforce the site of injury or disease.
  • FIG.26 illustrates a first mixed cell-seeded, holographically printed patch 410a and a second mixed cell-seeded, holographically printed patch 410b.
  • the first and second mixed cell-seeded, holographically printed patches may comprise cardiomyocytes 411 and/or stem cells 412, as shown in FIG.26.
  • the cell-seeded printed patches may comprise accessory cells including, but not limited to monocytes, fibroblasts, endothelial cells of various differentiation states, or any combination thereof.
  • three-dimensionally printed materials may be thicker or denser and may or may not contain cells at all sites.
  • Non-limiting examples of tissues for augmentation or replacement of function include kidney or generative models of kidney tissues, lung tissue or partial or full lung lobes and generative models therein, neural tissues, pancreatic tissues, insulin producing beta islets and associated tissues, thyroid tissues, splenic tissues, liver tissues, skin tissues, and tissues of the intestinal tract.
  • a printed kidney generative model is generated by the methods disclosed herein.
  • the basic structural component of a kidney including but not limited to: urine collecting ducts, vascularized and dense tissue surrounding urine collecting ducts, and kidney capsule may be separated into separate computer-aided design (CAD) files and printed sequentially, but in any order necessary, with automated computer control programs 1101.
  • CAD computer-aided design
  • Printing may be achieved by signaling computer files to the laser printing system 110, and the structure that mimics the CAD files may be deposited sequentially, but in an order necessary, into the biogel and media chamber 122.
  • Three-dimensionally printed structures for implantation may be on the order of 1 micron to tens of centimeters or greater in volume.
  • the surface area of complex tissue structures such as the lung take up several square meters and thus the external size of a large printed organ will be necessarily different from the surface area of the functional units. Therefore, the methods and systems provided herein may be designed to cover all structural components within the physiologic range of functional sizes and surface to volume ratios.
  • Laser-based holography may be used to near-instantaneously polymerize biomatrix materials in set patterns projected from computer aided design (CAD) files by a spatial light modulator or digital mirror device. Multiple print steps and positions may be required to build a full generative model.
  • the printed structures may comprise patterns or micropatterns of certain structures. The patterns may be distributed throughout the printed structures and may be used to attach or conjugate molecules to the structures. The patterns or micropatterns may be generated using photochemistry, process washes, protein based interaction chemistry, or lipid deposition.
  • the structures may comprise specific or particular distributions of chemical moieties or ligands (or other polypeptide or peptide structure capable of interacting with other molecules).
  • the chemical moiety may be a reactive chemical group.
  • the chemical moiety may be an azide, azido group, alkyne, alkene, carbonyl, or other reactive functional group.
  • the chemical moiety may be used to react with another molecule, thereby attaching a molecule to the printed structure.
  • the ligand may be polypeptide or molecular structure with specificity to another polypeptide or molecular structure.
  • the ligand may be streptavidin molecule, a biotin, or a biotinylated molecule.
  • the ligand may be a streptavidin and may be allowed to interact with a biotinylated molecules, thereby attaching the biotinylated molecule to the printed structure.
  • the biotinylated molecule may a biotinylated polypeptide.
  • the biotinylated molecule may be a biotinylated cytokine.
  • streptavidin By distributing streptavidin through the printed structure, the biotinylated molecule may be preferentially distributed or attached to areas of the printed structure comprising streptavidin.
  • the biotinylated molecule may associate with the streptavidin and induce response from cells near the streptavidin molecules. This may allow for preferential induction of a response to a certain area.
  • the printed structures may comprise lipid structures or lipid rafts.
  • the lipid structures may comprise particular or specific lipid types and allow for specific or particular lipid interactions.
  • Membrane associated proteins may be associated with the lipid structures.
  • the lipid structures may be distributed throughout the printed structures.
  • the lipid structures may be distributed non-homogenously throughout the printed structure. Using the lipid structures or lipid rafts, membrane associated proteins may be distributed throughout the printed structure and may allow for specific cell-cell interactions.
  • the lipid structures may comprise chemical moieties to allow for conjugation to other molecules.
  • the lipids may be attached to cells or may be incorporated into cellular membrane of cells of the printed structures.
  • the lipids may be deposited or otherwise attached to the printed structures.
  • molecules conjugated to chemical moieties may act to induce a cellular response.
  • Cells may be in any state of genetic or phenotypic differentiation, including undifferentiated, partially differentiated, fully differentiated. Examples of differentiation states include, but are not limited to pluripotent stem cells, totipotent stem cells.
  • Cells may be autologous cells, sourced from a matched donor, cord blood, cell and tissue banks, or an established cell line. Multiple cell types at the same and/or different differentiation state may be used within a single print layer and/or multiple iterative print layers.
  • Cells may be genetically manipulated prior to, during, and, or after the printing process via optical switch technology, clustered regularly interspaced short palindromic repeats (CRISPR) technology, introduction of virus, or other means of genetic manipulation.
  • Genetic manipulation is not limited to nuclear DNA and may include mitochondrial DNA or free-floating plasmids or viral DNA not intended for incorporation into nuclear DNA.
  • the cell may be induced to change states via genetic manipulation or cellular signalling.
  • a undifferentiated cell may be printed or embedded into a printed structure and may undergo an induction to generate a differentiated cell.
  • Printed structures may comprise cells at high density or variable, including lop-sided cell densities or controlled densities of cells to promote cellular expansion or niche development in specific sites of the device.
  • High or low cell density may be used depending on tissue product needs.
  • Low cell density may be as low as 10,000 cells per cubic centimeter of printed material and as high as 1 Billion cells per cubic centimeter of printed materials.
  • Cells may be of one type or mixed and printing may be performed in multiple layers.
  • Bioprinting materials may contain agents intended to promote growth of vasculature, including microvasculature, and nerves into the printed structure or into the surrounding native architecture. Additionally, printed biomaterials may contain agents intended promote differentiation of a stem or progenitor cell down a specified lineage.
  • Such agents include but are not limited to: growth factors, cytokines, chemokines, antibiotics, anticoagulants, anti- inflammatory agents, opioid or non-opioid pain-relieving agents, immune-suppressing agents, immune-inducing agents, monoclonal antibodies, and/or stem cell proliferating agents.
  • Cell-based therapies and development of cell-based therapies using engineered tissues [00383] Cells generated or contained in the printed structures or engineered tissues may be used for cell-based therapies. The methods as described throughout the disclosure may produce cells, organoids, tissues, or other biological materials that may be immune responsive.
  • the cells, organoid, tissues, or other biological materials may comprise metabolites, small molecules, polypeptides or other biological molecules that may be used to support disease amelioration or other treatment of diseases or disorders. Moreover the cells, organoids, tissues or biological materials may be transferred, transplanted or otherwise introduced into a subject to provide a therapeutic benefit.
  • the cells, organoid, tissues, or other biological materials may be subjected to a stimulus ex vivo or outside of a subject’s body. Upon contact with the stimulus, the cells, organoid, or tissues may exhibit an immune response.
  • the immune response may be a cell response as described elsewhere herein. After exhibiting an immune response the cells may be introduced into a subject and provide a therapeutic benefit.
  • the cell-based therapies may be directed to liver cells stem cells (MSCs), insulin producing beta cells, immune cell differentiation into specific subsets of cell- based therapies, T effector memory cells, T central memory cells, and B cells.
  • Immune cell- based therapies can be employed to alter, enhance, or re-establish the course of an immune response. For example, in cancer treatment, re-establishment of a competent immune system in the case of bone marrow donation, and potential to alter the course of autoimmune disease in the case of regulatory T cell introduction. Isolation and development of either specific cell types or pools of immune cells which are directed towards a common antigen or immune system driven outcome.
  • T cells, B cells, and Antigen presenting cells may work in concert to support an immune response to the same antigen or target tumor cells, therefore providing an approach to amplify a targeted immune response upon transfer into a patient.
  • a targeted immune response may be designed to eliminate a specific tumor or cell type, regulate or suppress a competing immune response, or replace an immune response component lacking in the patient.
  • the cells used in the methods may have a variety of origins, phenotypes, cell type, or other characteristics. The may also be induced to generate cells of different phenotypes, cell types, or other characteristics.
  • the cells may be from a subject.
  • the cells may be derived from a patient.
  • the cells may comprise healthy cells.
  • the cells may comprise diseased cells.
  • the cells may comprise cells comprising genetic mutation or variants.
  • the cells may be tumor cells or be cells derived from a tumor.
  • the cells may be derived from a subject that is healthy, diseased, immune compromised, immune suppressed, or pregnant.
  • the subject may have an organ transplant or are in need of an organ transplant.
  • the subject may have cancer.
  • the cells may be selected from the list consisting of stromal endothelial cells, endothelial cells, follicular reticular cells or precursors thereof, na ⁇ ve B cells or other immature B cells, memory B cells, pre-plasma B-cells, plasma B cells, helper T cells and subsets of the same, effector T cells and subsets of the same CD+8 T cells, CD4+ T cells, regulatory T cells, natural killer T cells, na ⁇ ve T cells or other immature T cells, dendritic cells and subsets of the same, follicular dendritic cells, Langerhans dendritic cells, dermally-derived dendritic cells, dendritic cell precursors, monocyte-derived dendritic cells, monocytes and subsets of the same macrophages and subsets of the same, leukocytes and subsets of the same.
  • the B cells may be selected from the list consisting of na ⁇ ve B cells, mature B cells, plasma B cells, B1 B cells and B2 B cells.
  • the T cells may be selected from the list consisting of CD8+ and CD4+.
  • the cells may be chimeric antigen receptor (CAR)-T cells.
  • the cells may be stem cells.
  • the cells may have constitutively active expression, inducible expression, or suppressible (e.g., comprising a negative feedback loop) expression of a given polypeptide or metabolite.
  • the cells may secrete, express or be conjugated to immunoglobulin proteins, such as immunoglobulin proteins described elsewhere herein (e.g., IgA, IgG, IgE, IgM, IgD).
  • the immunoglobulin proteins may be antigen specific or non-specific.
  • the cells may lymphocytes, or derived from bone marrow or whole lymph nodes.
  • the cells maybe microglia, astroglia, or granulocytes.
  • the cells may also be derived from non-human eukaryotes.
  • the cells may be derived from sharks.
  • the cells may be derived from camels.
  • the cells may be derived from tunicates.
  • non-human eukaryotic cells cells and/or molecules that are non- human may be generated that have therapeutic effects and advantages over human cells and molecules.
  • natural killer cells derived from tunicates may be generated and may be introduced into a subject.
  • Molecules produced from the non-human cells may be unable to be generated in human cells, or may be present in higher quantities compared to a human cell. These molecules and cells may be administered to a subject and used as a therapy.
  • the cells of the methods may generate or include other molecules , such as cell stimulatory molecules, cell signalling molecules, or cytotoxic molecules.
  • the cells may be subjected to, or generate, cytokines, chemokines, or cell adhesion molecules.
  • the cells may generate granzymes, perforins, complement proteins, or other cytotoxic molecules.
  • the cells of the methods may also generate polypeptides or molecules that are non- native or natural to a given cell type.
  • the cells may comprise polypeptide complexes that are engineered or non-natural, and may be able to form non-natural complex of polypeptides.
  • the expression of polypeptides in a cell may allow for secretion of a polypeptide or may remain conjugated or bound to a cell surface.
  • molecules may also be conjugated to the cells of the described methods and systems.
  • the molecules may be releasable or non-releasable from the cell.
  • the molecules may be releasable based at least in part on an environmental condition (e.g., a pH, temperature, presence of a polypeptide).
  • an environmental condition e.g., a pH, temperature, presence of a polypeptide.
  • the molecules may be releasable in a tumor environment.
  • the release of molecules may also be induced by exogenously applied molecules.
  • therapeutics such as small molecule drugs or biologics may allow a release of molecules.
  • the cells of the disclosure may be used in conjunction with other therapeutics which may enhance the cell’s therapeutic benefit upon transferring to a subject.
  • a cell may be generated using the methods of the disclosure and generate a cell that has an immune response.
  • the cell may be transferred back into a subject along with the administration of a second therapeutic.
  • the second therapeutic may interact with the transferred cell and release additional molecules to provide a therapeutic benefit.
  • the present disclosure provides a multi-cell organoid system or mini-organ capable of functionally responding to an antigen, virus, vaccine, or cell-based challenges such that an interactive immune system is developed across multiple critical cell types.
  • Isolated cell populations comprised of lymphocytes (modified or activated Antigen Presenting cells, Innate Effector cells, B cells, T cells, etc.) and associated proteins and matrices may be generated using in vitro lymph organoid or tissue culture.
  • novel cells may be rapidly generated by exposing lymph tissue to treatment and culture conditions and allowing physiologic processes of cell activation and expansion to occur.
  • Single cells derived from the tissues, organoids, or bioreactors may be then used as a therapeutic. These cells may be introduced into patients or subjects as a form of treatment or to ameliorate disease or disorder symptoms.
  • Cell development may be directed by feeder cells, tissue like niches, molecules or proteins embedded in the bioreactor materials as part of the printing process.
  • the scaffolds described elsewhere herein may allow for embedding of specific molecules using micropatterns, lipid rafts, or other conjugation systems to introduce molecules to cells and allow for cellular responses and/or cell proliferation.
  • a lymphoid organoid may be challenged with a whole tumor, virus, or antigen such that a complete immune response (e.g., T-cell /B-cell /Dendritic Cell) can be measured.
  • the organoid or cells or the organoid may then be adoptively transferred back into a patient to support disease amelioration.
  • a lymphoid organoid system may be primed with a given antigen and a cytokine set that encourages regulatory system engagement and suppression of T cell responses via expansion of activated regulatory T cell systems, and supportive suppressive immune cell phenotypes such as macrophage (M1), DCsand regulatory B cells.
  • M1 macrophage
  • the disclosed methods and systems may allow for an expansion of immune cells for functional replacement of immune cells after immunodepletion, in support of genetic abnormalities or diseases, and waning of general immune responses due to natural causes.
  • An example of an autologous embodiment of a cell therapy using the engineered tissue disclosed herein is illustrated in FIG.35.
  • the present disclosure provides immune cell-specific mixtures of cytokines, cell stimulatory molecules incorporated into inks to replicate cell-cell interactions and direct immune cell responses towards distinct activities.
  • the disclosed platform may drive cell expansion in a naive state or cell differentiation and expansion in response to a particular antigen.
  • the disclosed platform may be configured for T effector memory cell development, T central memory cell development, Regulatory T cell development. Naive T cell expansion, and Naive B cell expansion.
  • Expansion of cells may occur substantially simultaneously with introducing immune stimulus (chemical or protein based) and antigen or antigenic internal to incorporated inks and or attached inks through chemical or protein-based conjugation methods. For example, micro patterning or distribution in controlled concentrations within a bio-printed scaffold wherein in the ink contains a streptavidin molecule at a specific concentration and it is treated with biotinylated proteins or protein mixtures.
  • the disclosed platform comprising the 3D bio-printed/extruded engineered tissue may be configured for developing specific cell type as a subset of parent cells during an immune response. For example, Activated B cells may be developed but driving the system towards a specific subset of B cells may be useful for therapeutic identification and development.
  • the disclosed platform comprising the 3D bio- printed/extruded engineered tissue may be configured for skewing B cell development towards IgE class switching. [00403] In some cases, the disclosed platform comprising the 3D bio-printed/extruded engineered tissue may be configured for supporting specific T cell development through either directed development with solid protein-based combinations that will drive effector, central or regulatory T cell types. Additional cytokines maybe delivered by flow system or within cell matrices such as collagen etc. In some cases, the disclosed platform comprising the 3D bio- printed/extruded engineered tissue may be configured for supporting CD8 specific T cell development and expansion (with or without accessory cells and additional soluble cytokines.
  • Tissue scaffolds may be created to mimic cellular surfaces of accessory cells such as stromal cells and their primary components of surface expression.
  • molecules may be patterned by photochemistry, process washes, click or protein interaction-based chemistries and/or lipid deposition-based chemistries.
  • lipid raft specific deposition and patterning based on chemical or electrostatic interactions that are specific to preformed lipid rafts and or re-creation of lipid rafts on the surface coating the pre-printed biomaterials and structure may be used .
  • cells may be respond to multiple stimuli (e.g., cytokines) forms.
  • a stimulus may be a solid attached stimulus (e.g., embedded, tagged, or in a lipid raft).
  • a stimulus may be present in a cell deposition matrix or soluble / flow through.
  • a stimulus may also be introduced via a cell.
  • Engineered tissue systems incorporating primary, secondary and tertiary immune system elements, responses, and selection for specific cell types.
  • the present disclosure provides organoids and tissues that have built in immune system components (cells, pathways, signalling factors) for modeling, assaying, or therapeutic treatment. The models could be for healthy and disease states.
  • the disclosed platform comprises a tumor-immune system organoid: which comprises tumor cells and immune cells co-cultured on a scaffold, responsive to treatment.
  • the disclosed platform comprises a tissue immune system either ‘upstream’ or ‘downstream’ in a flow system that allows for immune cells to interact with or migrate to the tissue or tissues in the flow system.
  • Flow system may be recirculating or have terminal circulation.
  • Tissue (s) of interest may or may not be touching the lymph node organoid.
  • the disclosed platform comprises a system with two distinct flow networks, with distinct tissue or organoids, that cross-talk across a thin barrier or membrane.
  • the membrane may act as a model or mimic membranes within the human body, for example, the blood brain barrier, or membranes of the lymphatic and vascular systems.
  • the disclosed platform comprises complex immune systems may also be used to select and generate specific cell types of interest in a bioreactor like system that supports complex tissue growth and interaction.
  • immune cells e.g., B cells and/or T cells
  • genes related to somatic hypermutation (SHM) and affinity maturation such as activation-induced deaminase (AID) gene maybe knocked out, knocked in, or perturbed in ways that the expression thereof is either increased or decreased.
  • pathways in the T-cells such as TCR maturation or cytokine production pathways maybe control by transient genetic perturbation.
  • Bioreactor systems and engineered tissues for selection, development, and expansion of cells and organisms is the layer-by-layer fabrication of materials that may include biologically-derived materials, synthetic polymers, cellular components, or biomolecules.
  • 3D printing Various modalities of 3D printing exist, for example microextrusion printing, laser-based printing of photosensitive polymers, inkjet printing, electrospinning.
  • Cell culture using 3D printing involves encapsulation of cells or biologics within a matrix of interest and crosslinking it.
  • mesenchymal stem cells can be mixed with a polymer matrix of gelatin methacrylate (GelMA) and a photoinitiator, for example Irgacure 2959, for culture up to 3 weeks until the matrix naturally degrades or cells become apoptotic or non- functional.
  • GelMA gelatin methacrylate
  • Irgacure 2959 a photoinitiator
  • 3D printed cell-based constructs can be used for in vitro cell expansion and differentiation for various applications, for example in vitro disease model platforms, investigating specific cellular mechanisms and signaling pathways, and implantable tissue constructs.
  • Various scaffold materials and surface functionalization techniques have been used to support cell culture.
  • Biomolecules can also be incorporated in a soluble form and via carrier vehicles such as liposomes or nanoparticles. Biomolecule release may be immediate or engineered for delayed release or may not be released as dictated by the biomaterial or application.
  • Biomaterials used for biomolecule functionalization may be photocrosslinked (e.g. PEGDA), thermally crosslinked (e.g. collagen, PCL), chemically crosslinked (e.g. alginate with CaCl2) or may rely on physical polymer chain entanglement (e.g.
  • 3D printed structures or scaffolds as described in this disclosure may act as bioreactors to allows the culturing and growth or cells.
  • the cells may adhere or to or interact with the structures or scaffolds and may have improved characteristics over cells that are grown in the absence of the 3D printed structures or scaffolds.
  • the scaffolds may provide unique advantages of providing the cultured cells with structures that mimic or recapitulate cell-cell interactions or cell surfaces. These cultured cell may for example, be grown in more “native” environment that mimics the conditions under which the cell may grow in naturally.
  • These scaffolds may also comprises cell signaling or cell stimulating molecules that direct the cells to specific cellular responses or cellular phenotypes.
  • Bioreactors may be used to aid in the dynamic culture of 3D tissue constructs.
  • Bioreactors are known to respond to physical stimuli such as flow-based shear, mechanical tension or compression, electrical stimulation.
  • Bioreactors may be commercially available for large cell culture but typically involve cell culture on microspheres or liquid media suspension. Bioreactors may be designed and 3D printed for specific applications and a broad variety of bioreactors exist for this purpose. Bioreactors may be designed for housing 3D printed cellular constructs to enhance cell response. For example, vascular endothelial cells may align in the direction of flow; mesenchymal stem cells may have enhanced proliferation and osteogenic differentiation under flow; tenocytes may have a higher expression of tenogenic markers under cyclic tension. [00412] In some cases, the disclosure provides a tissue system bioreactor, which is dependent on cellular organization within the system.
  • the tissue system bioreactor is different from a standard bioreactor, which is a system for expansion of a specific cell type of interest and/or differentiation of unique cell properties during expansion or cell culture.
  • a standard bioreactor holding a monoculture (one cell type) or multicellular culture but in a system that is homogeneously distributed or in which cells are not organized in a prescribed manner that is necessary for tissue development which is supported by organization of distinct cell types with unique functions.
  • a problem that is solved here is directed to selection and expansion of specific cell types based on incorporated ink components.
  • Bioreactor system may be configured to support specific environmental oxygen, nutrients, and/or media flow parameters that are cell type specific.
  • the media composition comprises cell stimulatory molecules, such as cytokines, chemokines, growth factors, or other cell stimulatory molecules described elsewhere herein.
  • the engineered tissues, organoids or cells may be subjected to particular oxygenation state.
  • the oxygenation state may limit hypoxia or cause hypoxia.
  • the engineered tissues, organoids or cells may be subjected to particular media flow parameter.
  • the media flow parameter may comprise a direction of media flow.
  • the cells may respond and cause a cellular response.
  • a plurality of cells may become aligned in the direction of media flow.
  • the bioreactor systems may allow a mechanical stress to be applied to the cells.
  • the mechanical stress may comprise a repetitive or cyclic introduction of stress.
  • the cells may also be stimulated with an electric field or pulse.
  • the scaffolds or cells may allow for specific arrangements of cell types to be grown. Tissues may be generated by the growth of cells using the bioreactors and 3D printed structures are described elsewhere herein.
  • the present disclosure provides one-stop selection and proliferation scaffold system, which purifies cells within the system and provision of expansion/cell maintenance signals can all be embedded in the bioreactor or ‘pseudo tissue’ like scaffold.
  • the present disclosure enables high surface area to volume ratios for adherent or semi-adherent cell expansion post selection. This may improve yields of adherent cells and contact based cell proliferation by providing a 3D-like tissue system post-purification. In some cases,.
  • the disclosed system comprises media chamber(s), formulated media(s), 3D scaffold(s), one or more cell types, for expanding particular cells or cell types.
  • the current disclosure provides for a chemistry based microfluidic flow system that is configured for directed cell expansion.
  • the disclosure provides for an enclosed bioreactor system in a capillary tube, with diffuse structure or preprinted scaffold that supports development of a vascular network, that cells can be layered or deposited on for microfluidic flow or vascular channels (printed or formed by cells in response to flow).
  • cell based contact expansion combined with materials support can both be done to enable cell development.
  • the present disclosure comprises facilitation of cell-cell contact based expansion via reduction of hypoxia, which may depend on ultra-fine bio-printed scaffolds.
  • Lymphoid organoids and tissues from species with distinct immune properties and responses [00417] Eukaryotic immune systems possess species-unique properties that can target diseases through novel mechanisms of action.
  • Therapeutics derived from particular species offer alternative strategies for the treatment of human diseases compared to derivatives of native human and standard vertebrate model immune systems. Many immune cells and products can be adapted into therapeutic treatments.
  • Immunoglobulins, the active components of IVIG, used for passive immunization, and monoclonal antibodies, used in the treatment of cancers have species-specific formats, of which some are better suited to the treatment of particular diseases.
  • Species produce unique biomolecules in response to infection. Additionally, in vitro immune system models are important for rapid discovery of therapeutic precursors. [00418] The purpose of this closure is to replicate species-specific immune capabilities in vitro. The disclosure may be applied for the 1) therapeutic and therapeutic precursor discovery and development, 2) veterinary medicine, 3) biomolecular, cellular or cellular pathway engineering, 4) etc. The disclosure facilitates generation of novel biomolecules and cells. [00419] In some case, this disclosure comprises species-specific lymphoid organs and tissues engineered to replicate distinct eukaryotic immune system properties ex vivo. The species- specific lymphoid organs and tissues may potentially be formed on 2-photon printed 3D scaffolds.
  • the species-specific lymphoid organs and tissues may potentially contain spatial organization of specific cell types or functions.
  • Species-specific lymphoid organoids may be 1) capable of production of novel proteins and biomolecules belonging to species-specific classes, and/or 2) acting as a chassis for immunological pathway engineering, and/or 3) generation of novel cells isolated for function or phenotype.
  • Species-specific lymphoid organoids and tissue are formed from cells derived from species having unique immunological capabilities.
  • This disclosure also comprises a standardized method for developing species- specific lymphoid organoids and tissues.
  • the species-specific lymphoid organoids and tissues may also be engineered by methods disclosed in an International Application No. PCT/US2022/0814669, filed December 13, 2022 which is incorporated here in its entirety.
  • This disclosure may be used for designing and producing novel single domain antibodies.
  • Camelids naturally produce a unique class of antibodies: single domain antibodies (a.k.a. nanobodies, single chain antibodies).
  • Replicating the camelid immune system in an engineered lymphoid system may allow for isolation of novel single chain antibodies and antibody producing cells.
  • peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) obtained from blood samples collected from camelids may be used to be mixed in with collagen to create a mixture for printing/extruding lymphoid organoids.
  • the generated lymphoid organoids may be cultured under B cell supportive conditions, T cell supportive conditions, and antigen presenting cell growth media as disclosed herein.
  • B cells By stimulating the engineered lymphoid organoids with a specific antigen, B cells are able to be collected and isolated from the organoids by adhering to the specific antigen of interest. Further analyses are conducted to examine the nanobodies collected and purified from the B cells. A high percentage of the purified nanobodies demonstrate high affinity and binding to the antigen of interest.
  • This disclosure may be used for production of immunoproteins and molecules.
  • shark immune systems naturally produce squalamine, a compound known for anti- bacterial and anti-angiogenic properties in patients. Replicating the shark immune system in an engineered lymphoid system may allow for a production platform of biomolecules as well as a platform for immunomodulatory effect characterization.
  • the invertebrate immune system of tunicates is closely related to vertebrate immune systems but has unique classes of natural killer cells. These natural killer cells may be extracted or isolated from organoid formed from the non-human eukaryotic cells and may then be provided to a subject.
  • natural killer cells may be extracted or isolated from organoid formed from the non-human eukaryotic cells and may then be provided to a subject.
  • FIG.11 shows a computer system 1101 that is programmed or otherwise configured to receive a computer model of the 3D lymphoid organoid and/or 3D cell-containing matrix in computer memory; generate a point-cloud representation or lines-based representation of the computer model of the 3D lymphoid organoid and/or 3D cell-containing matrix in computer memory; and direct the at least one energy source to direct the energy beam to the medium in the media chamber along at least one energy beam path in accordance with the computer model of the 3D lymphoid organoid and/or 3D cell-containing matrix, and to subject at least a portion of the polymer precursors to form at least a portion of the 3D lymphoid organoid and/or 3D cell-containing matrix.
  • the computer system 1101 can regulate various aspects of computer model generation and design, image generation, holographic projection, and light modulation of the present disclosure, such as, for example, receiving or generating a computer-aided-design (CAD) model of a desired three-dimensional (3D) biological material structure to be printed, such as a 3D lymphoid organoid and/or a 3D cell-containing matrix.
  • CAD computer-aided-design
  • the computer system 1101 can convert the CAD model or any other type of computer model such as a point-cloud model or a lines-based model into an image of the desired 3D lymphoid organoid and/or 3D cell-containing matrix to be printed.
  • the computer system 1101 can project the image of the desired 3D lymphoid organoid and/or 3D cell-containing matrix holographically.
  • the computer system 1101 can modulate a light source, an energy source, or an energy beam such that a light path or an energy beam path is created by the computer system 1101.
  • the computer system 1101 can direct the light source, the energy source, or the energy beam along the light path or the energy beam path.
  • the computer system 1101 can be an electronic device of a user or a computer system that is remotely located with respect to the electronic device.
  • the electronic device can be a mobile electronic device.
  • the computer system 1101 includes a central processing unit (CPU, also “processor” and “computer processor” herein) 1105, which can be a single core or multi core processor, or a plurality of processors for parallel processing.
  • the computer system 1101 also includes memory or memory location 1110 (e.g., random-access memory, read-only memory, flash memory), electronic storage unit 1115 (e.g., hard disk), communication interface 1120 (e.g., network adapter) for communicating with one or more other systems, and peripheral devices 1125, such as cache, other memory, data storage and/or electronic display adapters.
  • the memory 1110, storage unit 1115, interface 1120 and peripheral devices 1125 are in communication with the CPU 1105 through a communication bus (solid lines), such as a motherboard.
  • the storage unit 1115 can be a data storage unit (or data repository) for storing data.
  • the computer system 1101 can be operatively coupled to a computer network (“network”) 1130 with the aid of the communication interface 1120.
  • the network 1130 can be the Internet, an internet and/or extranet, or an intranet and/or extranet that is in communication with the Internet.
  • the network 1130 in some cases is a telecommunication and/or data network.
  • the network 1130 can include one or more computer servers, which can enable distributed computing, such as cloud computing.
  • the network 1130 in some cases with the aid of the computer system 1101, can implement a peer-to-peer network, which may enable devices coupled to the computer system 1101 to behave as a client or a server.
  • the CPU 1105 can execute a sequence of machine-readable instructions, which can be embodied in a program or software. The instructions may be stored in a memory location, such as the memory 1110. The instructions can be directed to the CPU 1105, which can subsequently program or otherwise configure the CPU 1105 to implement methods of the present disclosure. Examples of operations performed by the CPU 1105 can include fetch, decode, execute, and writeback.
  • the CPU 1105 can be part of a circuit, such as an integrated circuit.
  • the storage unit 1115 can store files, such as drivers, libraries and saved programs.
  • the storage unit 1115 can store user data, e.g., user preferences and user programs.
  • the computer system 1101 in some cases can include one or more additional data storage units that are external to the computer system 1101, such as located on a remote server that is in communication with the computer system 1101 through an intranet or the Internet.
  • the computer system 1101 can communicate with one or more remote computer systems through the network 1130. For instance, the computer system 1101 can communicate with a remote computer system of a user.
  • remote computer systems examples include personal computers (e.g., portable PC), slate or tablet PC’s (e.g., Apple® iPad, Samsung® Galaxy Tab), telephones, Smart phones (e.g., Apple® iPhone, Android-enabled device, Blackberry®), cloud based computing services (e.g. Amazon Web Services), or personal digital assistants.
  • the user can access the computer system 1101 via the network 1130.
  • Methods as described herein can be implemented by way of machine (e.g., computer processor) executable code stored on an electronic storage location of the computer system 1101, such as, for example, on the memory 1110 or electronic storage unit 1115.
  • the machine executable or machine readable code can be provided in the form of software. During use, the code can be executed by the processor 1105.
  • the code can be retrieved from the storage unit 1115 and stored on the memory 1110 for ready access by the processor 1105. In some situations, the electronic storage unit 1115 can be precluded, and machine-executable instructions are stored on memory 1110. [00431]
  • the code can be pre-compiled and configured for use with a machine having a processer adapted to execute the code, or can be compiled during runtime.
  • the code can be supplied in a programming language that can be selected to enable the code to execute in a pre-compiled or as-compiled fashion.
  • Aspects of the systems and methods provided herein, such as the computer system 1101, can be embodied in programming.
  • Machine-executable code can be stored on an electronic storage unit, such as memory (e.g., read-only memory, random-access memory, flash memory) or a hard disk.
  • Storage type media can include any or all of the tangible memory of the computers, processors or the like, or associated modules thereof, such as various semiconductor memories, tape drives, disk drives and the like, which may provide non-transitory storage at any time for the software programming. All or portions of the software may at times be communicated through the Internet or various other telecommunication networks.
  • Such communications may enable loading of the software from one computer or processor into another, for example, from a management server or host computer into the computer platform of an application server.
  • another type of media that may bear the software elements includes optical, electrical and electromagnetic waves, such as used across physical interfaces between local devices, through wired and optical landline networks and over various air-links.
  • the physical elements that carry such waves, such as wired or wireless links, optical links or the like, also may be considered as media bearing the software.
  • terms such as computer or machine “readable medium” refer to any medium that participates in providing instructions to a processor for execution.
  • a machine readable medium such as computer-executable code
  • a tangible storage medium such as computer-executable code
  • Non-volatile storage media include, for example, optical or magnetic disks, such as any of the storage devices in any computer(s) or the like, such as may be used to implement the databases, etc. shown in the drawings.
  • Volatile storage media include dynamic memory, such as main memory of such a computer platform.
  • Tangible transmission media include coaxial cables; copper wire and fiber optics, including the wires that comprise a bus within a computer system.
  • Carrier-wave transmission media may take the form of electric or electromagnetic signals, or acoustic or light waves such as those generated during radio frequency (RF) and infrared (IR) data communications.
  • RF radio frequency
  • IR infrared
  • Common forms of computer-readable media therefore include for example: a floppy disk, a flexible disk, hard disk, magnetic tape, any other magnetic medium, a CD-ROM, DVD or DVD-ROM, any other optical medium, punch cards paper tape, any other physical storage medium with patterns of holes, a RAM, a ROM, a PROM and EPROM, a FLASH-EPROM, any other memory chip or cartridge, a carrier wave transporting data or instructions, cables or links transporting such a carrier wave, or any other medium from which a computer may read programming code and/or data.
  • the computer system 1101 can include or be in communication with an electronic display 1135 that comprises a user interface (UI) 1140 for providing, for example, the status of the printing process (e.g. displaying an illustration of the 3D lymphoid organoid and/or 3D cell-containing matrix representing the 3D tissue portions printed prior to completion of the process), manual controls of the energy beams (e.g. emergency stop buttons controlling the on/off states of the energy beam), and display indicators designed to e.g., display a remote oxygen concentration, a carbon dioxide concentration, a humidity measurement, and/or a temperature measurement within the media chamber.
  • UI user interface
  • Examples of UI’s include, without limitation, a graphical user interface (GUI) and web-based user interface.
  • GUI graphical user interface
  • samples A1-A6, B1-B6, C1-C6, and D1- D6 were exposed to an ELISA plate and their absorbance at 450 nm and 680 nm wavelengths was measured.
  • Samples A1-A6, B1, B2, B6, C6, D1, D3, and D4 exhibited higher absorbance values than the negative control.
  • Sample D3 exhibited a higher absorbance value than the positive control.
  • Example 2 – Zika Virus Antibody in vivo Study is conducted to assess the infectious virus neutralization capabilities of antibodies produced by lymph node organoids produced by the methods disclosed herein.
  • a library of antibodies is produced in printed lymph node organoids.
  • the best antibody candidates are selected via ELISA testing (i.e. samples with the highest absorbance values). Genetic sequencing of the best antibody candidates is performed.
  • the antibody affinities for whole Zika virus are determined via surface plasmon resonance (SPR) (Biacore TM 8K, GE Healthcare). The antibody that shows the best binding affinity to the Zika virus is tested in mice infected with the Zika virus and shows a potent neutralizing activity.
  • SPR surface plasmon resonance
  • Example 3 Clusters of Encapsulated Human Pluripotent Stem Cell-Derived Insulin- Producing Cells
  • clusters of human derived insulin producing cells were encapsulated with the holographic printing methods described herein.
  • the 3D printed clusters of human-derived insulin-producing cells may be used for the purpose of endocrine cell delivery or for implantation.
  • FIG.28A shows a cluster of about 1,500 human pluripotent stem cell (PSC)-derived, insulin-producing cells expressing enhanced green fluorescent protein (eGFP) under the insulin promoter.
  • PSC pluripotent stem cell
  • eGFP enhanced green fluorescent protein
  • Encapsulated cells are shown in bright field microscopy images on the left panels of FIG.28A. Encapsulated cells are shown in fluorescent microscopy images (green- channel fluorescence) on the right panels of FIG.28A, where both the structure and the cells emitted some fluorescence indicating encapsulation. Cells were encapsulated 5 days prior to imaging and demonstrated robust eGFP fluorescence. As shown in FIG.28B, the amount of human C-peptide (in nanomoles per milliliters) in encapsulated cells five days post- encapsulation was measured in the media containing an average of 10 encapsulated insulin and 28D show fluorescent microscopy images of encapsulated cells five days after encapsulation.
  • FIG.28E shows a high resolution fluorescent microscopy image of the encapsulating structure for the delivery and maintenance of cells. Scale bars are 200 ⁇ m.
  • Example 4 – 3D, Holographically Printed Biocompatible Micro-stent [00439] In another example, a biocompatible micro-stent was printed using the methods and systems described herein.
  • FIG.29A shows a representative, 3D rendering of a stackable stent structure that can be used to print small biocompatible stent structures of varied lengths.
  • FIG.29A shows a representative, 3D rendering of a stackable stent structure that can be used to print small biocompatible stent structures of varied lengths.
  • FIG. 29B is a microscopy image showing a side view of a 1 millimeter (mm) long, flexible, and porous stent structure printed using the methods and systems provided herein.
  • Scale bar is 500 ⁇ m.
  • FIG.29C is a microscopy image showing a cross-section of the flexible stent structure demonstrating circular integrity and a hollow design. The image was taken looking through the center of the hollow interior of the stent structure. Scale bar is 500 ⁇ m.
  • Example 5 – 3D Holographically Printed Micro-Stent Compressibility and Resilience Tests [00440]
  • a biocompatible micro-stent printed using the methods and systems described herein, was tested for its compressibility and resilience.
  • FIG.30A shows a series of five still images from a video depicting repeated compression of the 500 microns ( ⁇ m) diameter stent against a solid surface.
  • Scale bar is 200 ⁇ m.
  • FIG.30A shows the same series of five still images from FIG.30A; however, bars have been added to the images to demonstrate the degree of compression and resilience of the stent.
  • the stent was compressed to varying degrees ranging from at least about 200 microns.
  • FIGs. 30A and 30B the stent structure returned to its original dimensions (i.e., diameter) after compression with no observed structural defects.
  • Scale bars are 200 micrometers ( ⁇ m).
  • FIG.31A shows a computer-generated image of a micromesh network to be printed holographically.
  • FIG.31B shows a holographically printed mesh network. Scale bar is 500 ⁇ m.
  • FIG.31C shows a close up image of the mesh network shown in FIG.31B. Scale bar is 250 ⁇ m.
  • FIG.31D shows a series of still images from a video where the micromesh was subjected to lateral compression. FIG.31D thus demonstrates the flexibility and resiliency of the micromesh.
  • FIG.31E shows a series of still images from a video showing the micromesh as it is handled with tweezers.
  • FIG.31E demonstrates the flexibility and resiliency of the micromesh.
  • FIG.32A shows a fluorescent microscopy image of segregated immune cells at a density of 20 million cells per milliliter in a polymerized 1.5 mg/mL collagen matrix.
  • a mixture of antigen presenting cells (APCs) and T cells was printed in a way that interfaces with a printed collagen matrix containing B cells from the same donor.
  • APCs antigen presenting cells
  • FIG.32B shows a fluorescent microscopy image representing the mixed cell population in the printed collagen matrix.
  • the mixed cell population comprised B cells and T cells, and the collagen matrix was printed with a 1.5 mg/mL collagen concentration.
  • FIG. 32C shows a fluorescent microscopy image of the population of mixed cells in a tissue culture well. This population of mixed cells was not printed in a matrix of collagen or other material; thus, demonstrating a lower concentration of cells and a mixed distribution.
  • FIG.32D shows a fluorescent microscopy image of lymph node organoids and clusters of cells 24 hours after the addition of antigen to the lymph node organoids.
  • FIG.32D shows a fluorescent microscopy image of the printed lymph node organoids and cells clusters 72 hours after a single antigen pulse.
  • FIG.32F shows a fluorescent microscopy image of the printed lymph node organoids and cells clusters 120 hours after a single antigen pulse. The cell clusters remained formed and shifted locations after both 72 and 120 hours post- antigen addition, indicating dynamic and motile cells within the organoid (cell clusters are circled in FIGs.32E-32F).
  • FIG.32G shows a graph representing the production of interleukin-4 (IL-4) in picograms per milliliter (pg/mL) as measured by an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA).
  • Cytokine IL-4 was measured in media surrounding the organoid five days after the antigen challenge.
  • IL-4 can be produced by B cells, T cells, and dendritic cells during their proliferation and in the course of response to an antigen.
  • Media alone used to culture the organoid is the blank, control reading.
  • Sample names 4A3, 4C1, 1A4, 3B4, 1B2, 1B3, 2A1, and 2A2 refer to different sampling locations (i.e., different wells of a tissue culture plate) in both FIGs.32G and 32H.
  • FIG.32H shows a graph representing the production of IL-2 in pg/mL in media surrounding the organoid five days after the antigen challenge.
  • Cell culture media supplemented with IL-2 was used to culture the printed lymph node organoids on day 0 of the antigen challenge.
  • Results showed varied IL-2 amounts per well. The variation in the amounts of IL-2 may represent both consumption of IL-2 and production of IL-2 during the course of the antigen response.
  • Media was not changed or added to the printed lymph node organoids throughout the five days after the antigen challenge (i.e., when production of IL-4 and IL-2 was measured).
  • Example 8 Production of Human IgG by Human Lymph Node Organoids in Response to an Antigen Challenge
  • lymph node organoids were printed and cultured in vitro.
  • Human immunoglobulin (IgG) was purified from the lymph node organoid media and tested for the presence of protein.
  • FIG.33A shows a graph representing the concentration of protein in micrograms per milliliter ( ⁇ g/mL) for the controls (i.e., blank and standards) and the various samples. High amounts of protein indicated the presence of secreted human IgG antibody; thus, indicating a functional immune response.
  • FIG.33B and FIG. 33C show images of gels containing purified human IgG (FIG.33B) and purified human IgG (FIG.33C) isolated from the printed lymph node organoid media.
  • the images demonstrated clear bands at the expected molecular weights of about 25 kiloDaltons (kDa) for human IgG light chain and about 55 kDa for human IgG heavy chain.
  • Example 9 Validation of antigen specific binding of human IgG
  • printed lymph node organoid culture media aliquots were tested for reactivity of human IgG with the antigen used in the antigen challenge described in Example 7.
  • An enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) was used to detect class- switched Human IgG that was reactive to the specific antigen used to challenge the lymph node organoids.
  • FIG.34A shows a graph representing the absorbance (i.e., the optical density) at 450 nanometers (nm) and 570 nm of the samples tested using an ELISA. A high absorbance indicated the sample containing the human IgG was highly reactive to the specific antigen used in the antigen challenge.
  • FIG.34A shows two graphs representing sub-cloned unique hybridomas that were further assayed for the presence of specific antigen-reactive human IgG.
  • Several positive clones were identified, such as Sub-Clone Set 2, Sub-Clone Set 6, and Sub- Clone Set 7.
  • a printed mesh network of patches is used to support highly stratified and multilayered skin tissue, including an avascular stratified epidermal layer and a vascularized dermal layer. Layers of cell-containing collagen (type 1) mesh networks are used to engineer a dermal layer. Cells seeded in the mesh networks include, but are not limited to fibroblasts, keratinocytes, and epidermal cells.
  • Mesh networks comprise porous and tubular structures that allow for delivery of nutrients to the dermal layer via perfusion. Structures are incorporated into the mesh network supports vascular systems, nerve bundles and lymphatics, allowing for generation of functional and viable dermis that supports a stratified epidermal layer. On the upper most layers, structures are incorporated in order to support hair follicle and sebaceous gland micro niches that are populated with epidermal stem cells. Keratinocytes are cultured on top of dermal mesh patches and are induced to proliferate by established protocols. Proliferation of keratinocytes is induced by addition of exogenous factors, which include but are not limited to calcium, serum, and phorbol esters.
  • Keratinocytes are grown at an air-liquid interface to induce the differentiation of fully stratified epidermis including basal, spinous, granular, and cornified skin layers containing hair follicle and sebaceous gland micro niches.
  • Extra-cellular matrix components, growth factors and epithelial cells are placed in desired locations within or on the printed mesh patches in a highly reproducible manner (e.g., via 3D holographic patterning and printing).
  • networks of blood vessels are printed within the mesh patches. Inclusion of printed networks of blood vessels improves the long term survival of the skin graft.
  • Example 11 Antigen challenged organoid cells as a therapeutic A lymphoid organoid is prepared using immune cells derived from a patient.
  • the patient may be a healthy patient or may have a disorder or disease.
  • the organoid is then stimulated using an antigen (e.g., vaccine formulation or components of a vaccine, tumor cells, virus).
  • the cells may then exhibit a response to the antigen and generate cells that recognize the antigen or have been activated by the antigen.
  • cells may comprise immunoglobulins against the antigen.
  • the cells of the organoid may also be characterized to identify any immune responses.
  • the cells of the organoid may then be transferred back into the patient to provide a therapeutic benefit.
  • Example 12 Use of patient specific antigens for development of therapy and personalized medicine
  • the lymphoid organoid In response to the tumor cells , the lymphoid organoid generates cells and/or antibodies specific to the tumor cell. The antibodies and cells are extracted from the lymphoid organoid and may now administered to a subject.
  • Example 13 - Therapy against novel infectious agents [00447] A lymphoid organoid is generated and a novel infectious agent is allowed to contact the lymphoid organoid. In response to the novel infectious agent (or derivatives of the novel infectious agent),the lymphoid organoid generates an immune response.
  • the lymphoid organoid may produce cells activated by the novel infectious agent and that may recognize the novel infectious agent. Additionally, the lymphoid organoid may produce immunological proteins that recognize the novel infectious agents. The cells and/or immunological proteins may be extracted and administered to a patient Example 14 - Immune cell replacement [00448]
  • a lymphoid organoid may be generated using a patient’s cells. The patient may be immunodeficient or immunodepleted to a condition or disease or a medical operation. The lymphoid organoid may be allowed to proliferate and cell expansion, differentiation, or other cell response may be allowed to occur in the organoid. The cells may introduced into the patient to provide to patient with additional immune cells and improve the patient’s immune system.
  • Example 15 - Novel antibody generation [00449] An lymphoid organoid is printed/extruded using cells derived from camelids.
  • the organoid may act as active immune construct that re-capitulates mechanisms and actions of a camelid immune system.
  • the organoid is subjected to antigen and an immune response is generated including the production of camel antibodies against the antigen.
  • Camelids naturally produce a unique class of antibodies: single domain antibodies (a.k.a. nanobodies, single chain antibodies).
  • the camel antibodies may be isolated from the organoid. Additionally, cells that produce the camel antibodies may be characterized and may be extracted from the organoid. These cells may then be proliferated and may be used to generate additional antibodies against the antigen.
  • Metabolites generated from the cells may also be extracted and used as a therapy.
  • Non-antibody producing cells may also be extracted and isolated for use as a therapy.
  • Example 16 - Bioreactor based cell growth A scaffold is generated by 3D two-photon printing. The scaffold is introduced into a capillary tube. Cells are added to the scaffold via layering and deposition on the scaffold. Media nutrients and cell stimulatory molecules are flowed into the scaffold and the cells are allowed to proliferate. [00451] While preferred embodiments of the present invention have been shown and described herein, it will be obvious to those skilled in the art that such embodiments are provided by way of example only. It is not intended that the invention be limited by the specific examples provided within the specification.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Micro-Organisms Or Cultivation Processes Thereof (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)

Abstract

L'invention concerne des procédés et des systèmes pour la bio-impression d'organes et d'organoïdes tridimensionnels. L'invention concerne également des organoïdes lymphoïdes tridimensionnels bio-imprimés destinés à être utilisés dans les thérapies à base de cellules.
PCT/US2022/081472 2021-12-14 2022-12-13 Organes et organoïdes lymphoïdes biomodifiés tridimensionnels pour thérapies à base de cellules WO2023114785A2 (fr)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US202163289614P 2021-12-14 2021-12-14
US63/289,614 2021-12-14

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023114785A2 true WO2023114785A2 (fr) 2023-06-22
WO2023114785A3 WO2023114785A3 (fr) 2023-08-10

Family

ID=86773592

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2022/081472 WO2023114785A2 (fr) 2021-12-14 2022-12-13 Organes et organoïdes lymphoïdes biomodifiés tridimensionnels pour thérapies à base de cellules

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023114785A2 (fr)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11767514B2 (en) 2017-05-25 2023-09-26 Prellis Biologics, Inc Three-dimensional printed organs, devices, and matrices

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2013059528A2 (fr) * 2011-10-18 2013-04-25 City Of Hope Agents diagnostiques et thérapeutiques encapsulés dans des nanoparticules conjuguées à des cellules tropiques, et leurs procédés d'utilisation
US9675732B2 (en) * 2014-11-14 2017-06-13 Washington University 3D tissue-engineered bone marrow for personalized therapy and drug development
JP2022550054A (ja) * 2019-09-27 2022-11-30 プレリス バイオロジクス，インク． 三次元印刷された臓器、デバイス、およびマトリックス

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11767514B2 (en) 2017-05-25 2023-09-26 Prellis Biologics, Inc Three-dimensional printed organs, devices, and matrices

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2023114785A3 (fr) 2023-08-10

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11767514B2 (en) Three-dimensional printed organs, devices, and matrices
US20220212407A1 (en) Three-dimensional printed organs, devices, and matrices
US20220025322A1 (en) Compositions and methods for printing three-dimensional structures corresponding to biological material
JP5795699B2 (ja) 人工免疫システム：作製および使用方法
US11919231B2 (en) Three-dimensional printed organs, devices, and matrices
US8288159B2 (en) Artificial immune system: methods for making and use
Hammel et al. Modeling immunity in vitro: slices, chips, and engineered tissues
WO2021146466A1 (fr) Procédés et systèmes permettant de générer des modèles
WO2023114785A2 (fr) Organes et organoïdes lymphoïdes biomodifiés tridimensionnels pour thérapies à base de cellules
WO2023114782A1 (fr) Organes lymphoïdes synthétiques tridimensionnels et organoïdes pour la conception et le test d'anticorps
Magariños et al. The feasibility of encapsulated embryonic medullary reticular cells to grow and differentiate into neurons in functionalized gelatin-based hydrogels
US20220282211A1 (en) Antibody producing microfluidic devices
Soto et al. Emerging biofabrication approaches for gastrointestinal organoids towards patient specific cancer models
Anandakumaran Microfluidic and computational technologies to improve cell therapy manufacturing
JP2007508815A (ja) 組織及び器官のインビトロでの発生

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22908634

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2